NE40E Hardware Description (V600R003C00 - 02)

HUAWEI NetEngine40E Router
V600R003C00
Hardware Description
Issue 02
Date 2011-09-10
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2011. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Hardware Description About This Document
About This Document
Purpose
This document describes the contents, related version, intended audience, conventions, and
update history of the HUAWEI NetEngine40E Universal Service Router Hardware Description.
Intended Audience
The intended audience of this document are:
l Commissioning Engineers
l Data Configuration Engineers
l Network Monitoring Engineers
l System Maintenance Engineers
Symbol Conventions
The symbols used in this document are described in the following table. They are defined as
follows.
Symbol Description
Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if

not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of

risk, which if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if

not avoided, could result in equipment damage, data
loss, performance degradation, or unexpected
results.
Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or

save time.
Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

Hardware Description About This Document
Symbol Description
Provides additional information to emphasize or

supplement important points of the main text.
Update History
Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains
all updates made in previous issues.
Changes in Issue 02 (2011-09-10)

Second commercial release.
Updates in Issue 01 (2011-05-30)

Initial commercial release.
Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

Hardware Description Contents
Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii

1 Product Overview..........................................................................................................................1
1.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................2
2 NE40E-X16 Chassis Overview.....................................................................................................3

2.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................4
2.1.1 System Overview.......................................................................................................................................4
2.1.2 System Architecture..................................................................................................................................5
2.1.3 System Features.........................................................................................................................................5
2.1.4 System Configuration................................................................................................................................6
2.1.5 NE40E-X16 Hardware Description...........................................................................................................6
2.2 Power Supply System.........................................................................................................................................9
2.2.1 Architecture of the Power Supply System.................................................................................................9
2.2.2 Distributed Architecture of the System...................................................................................................10
2.2.3 DC Power Supply System.......................................................................................................................10
2.2.4 AC Power Supply System.......................................................................................................................13
2.3 Heat Dissipation System...................................................................................................................................15
2.3.1 System Air Channel.................................................................................................................................15
2.3.2 Air Intake Vent........................................................................................................................................16
2.3.3 Fan Module..............................................................................................................................................16
2.3.4 Air Filter..................................................................................................................................................17
2.3.5 Fan Speed Adjustment.............................................................................................................................18
2.3.6 FFU..........................................................................................................................................................19
2.4 Switching Network...........................................................................................................................................20
2.4.1 Introduction to the Switching Network...................................................................................................20
2.4.2 Switch Fabric Unit B(SFUI-200-B)........................................................................................................21
2.4.3 CR5DSFUI407B......................................................................................................................................23
2.5 Control Plane....................................................................................................................................................24
2.5.1 Introduction to the Control Plane............................................................................................................24
2.5.2 CR5D0MPUB460....................................................................................................................................25
2.5.3 CMU........................................................................................................................................................30
2.6 Physical Specifications.....................................................................................................................................33
2.6.1 Chassis Specifications.............................................................................................................................33
Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

2.6.2 Board Specifications................................................................................................................................34

3.1 Overview..........................................................................................................................................................41
3.1.1 System Overview.....................................................................................................................................41
3.1.2 System Architecture................................................................................................................................41
3.1.3 System Features.......................................................................................................................................42
3.1.4 System Configuration..............................................................................................................................43
3.2 Power Supply System.......................................................................................................................................45
3.2.1 Architecture of the Power Supply System...............................................................................................45
3.2.2 Distributed Architecture of the System...................................................................................................45
3.3.2 Air Intake Vent........................................................................................................................................51
3.3.3 Fan Module..............................................................................................................................................51
3.3.4 Air Filter..................................................................................................................................................52
3.3.6 FFU..........................................................................................................................................................53
3.4 Switching Network...........................................................................................................................................55
3.4.1 Introduction to the Switching Network...................................................................................................55
3.4.2 Switch Fabric Unit C(SFUI-200-C)........................................................................................................56
3.4.3 CR5DSFUI407C......................................................................................................................................57
3.5 Control Plane....................................................................................................................................................59
3.5.2 CR5D0SRUA570....................................................................................................................................60
3.5.3 CR5D0SRUA470....................................................................................................................................65
3.5.4 CMU........................................................................................................................................................70
3.6.1 Chassis Specification...............................................................................................................................73

4.1 Overview..........................................................................................................................................................80
4.1.1 System Overview.....................................................................................................................................80
4.1.2 System Features.......................................................................................................................................81
4.1.3 System Configuration .............................................................................................................................81
4.2 Power Supply System.......................................................................................................................................84
4.2.1 Architecture of the Power Supply System...............................................................................................84
4.2.2 Diagram of the Power Supply System.....................................................................................................84
Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v


4.3.2 Air Intake Vent........................................................................................................................................89
4.3.3 Fan Module..............................................................................................................................................89
4.3.4 Air Filter..................................................................................................................................................90
4.4 Control Plane....................................................................................................................................................91
4.4.2 CR52-MPUD...........................................................................................................................................92
4.5.1 Chassis Specifications.............................................................................................................................96
5 NE40E-8 Chassis Overview......................................................................................................102

5.1 Overview........................................................................................................................................................103
5.1.1 Device Structure....................................................................................................................................103
5.1.2 System Configuration............................................................................................................................105
5.2 Power Supply..................................................................................................................................................106
5.2.1 DC Power Supply Module.....................................................................................................................107
5.2.2 AC Power Supply Module.....................................................................................................................110
5.3 Heat Dissipation System.................................................................................................................................112
5.3.1 Appearance of the Fan Module.............................................................................................................113
5.3.2 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................114
5.3.3 Air Filter................................................................................................................................................115
5.3.4 Functions of the FCB.............................................................................................................................115
5.3.5 Technical Parameters.............................................................................................................................115
5.4 SFU.................................................................................................................................................................116
5.4.1 Overview...............................................................................................................................................116
5.4.2 Features and Functions..........................................................................................................................117
5.4.3 Panel......................................................................................................................................................117
5.4.4 Technical Specifications........................................................................................................................118
5.5 SRU................................................................................................................................................................118
5.5.1 Overview...............................................................................................................................................118
5.5.2 Features and Functions..........................................................................................................................119
5.5.3 Panel......................................................................................................................................................120
5.5.4 Interface Attributes................................................................................................................................124
5.6 Physical Specifications...................................................................................................................................127
5.6.1 Chassis Specifications...........................................................................................................................127
5.6.2 Board Specifications..............................................................................................................................128
6 Boards..........................................................................................................................................131
6.1 Service Process Unit.......................................................................................................................................132
Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

6.1.1 Versatile Service Process Unit C...........................................................................................................132

6.1.2 Flexible Card Versatile Service Unit 10(VSUF-10)..............................................................................137
6.1.3 Integrated Versatile Service Unit 20 A(VSUI-20-A)............................................................................139
6.2 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-100,four slots)............................................................................141
6.2.1 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A(Supporting1588v2) .............................................143
6.2.2 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card(P100,Occupy two sub-slots)..............................................147
6.2.3 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card..........................................................................................150
6.3 Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-100)..................................................................................................153
6.3.1 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing Unit (LPUI-100,Supporting 1588v2)
........................................................................................................................................................................154
6.3.2 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-100).........................................158
6.4 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-40,2 sub-slots)............................................................................162
6.4.1 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card........................................................................................164
6.4.2 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2)...................................................168
6.4.3 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B.....................................................................................171
6.4.4 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card..................................................................................174
6.4.5 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2).............................................176
6.4.6 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B..............................................................................179
6.4.7 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible Card......................................................................................182
6.4.8 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card .................................................................................184
6.5 Integrated Line Processing Unit (LPUI-40)..................................................................................................188
6.5.1 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing Unit (LPUI-40)...................................188
6.5.2 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-40)..........................................191
6.6 Integrated Line Processing Unit (LPUI-41)...................................................................................................195
6.6.3 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-41)..........................................204
6.6.4 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit
(LPUI-41).......................................................................................................................................................208
6.6.5 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing Unit (LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)
........................................................................................................................................................................214
6.6.6 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)..........218
6.6.7 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit
(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)........................................................................................................................223
6.7 Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-41).................................................................................................................228
6.7.1 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S (LPUS-41)................................................229
6.7.2 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-41).................................................233
6.7.3 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-41).......................................................237
6.8 Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-20).................................................................................................................242
6.8.1 4-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-20).................................................242
6.8.2 40-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-20)............................................................245
6.8.3 40-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit S.......................................................................249
6.9 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-21,2 sub-slots)............................................................................251
Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

6.9.1 1-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card..................................................................................254

6.9.2 1-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2).............................................258
6.9.3 1-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B..............................................................................262
6.9.4 1-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E............................................................................................266
6.9.5 12-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card............................................................................................269
6.9.6 12-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2).......................................................274
6.9.7 12-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B.....................................................................................277
6.9.8 10-Port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E............................................................................................281
6.9.9 12-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible Card......................................................................................284
6.9.10 1-Port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP Flexible Card...........................................................................287
6.9.11 4-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-20)...............................................290
6.9.12 40-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible Card....................................................................................294
6.9.13 40-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card..........................................................................................296
6.9.14 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card..............................300
6.10 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-10,four slots)............................................................................304
6.10.1 1-Port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP Flexible Card...........................................................................306
6.10.2 1-Port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP Flexible Card..............................................................................309
6.10.5 4-Port OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP Flexible Card................................................................................319
6.10.6 8-Port OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP Flexible Card................................................................................323
6.10.7 4-Port OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP Flexible Card..................................................................................326
6.10.8 8-Port OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP Flexible Card..................................................................................330
6.10.9 2-Port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP Flexible Card..............................................................................333
6.10.10 4-Port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP Flexible Card..............................................................................337
6.10.11 8-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card .....................................................................................340
6.10.12 8-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2).................................................344
6.10.13 2-Port Channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP Flexible Card...........................................................348
6.10.14 24-Port Channelized E1/T1-DB100 Flexible Card...........................................................................351
6.10.15 4-Port Clear Channel E3/Channelized T3-SMB Flexible Card.........................................................354
7 Cables...........................................................................................................................................357
7.1 DC-Input Power Cable...................................................................................................................................358
7.1.1 NE40E-X16 DC-Input Power Cable.....................................................................................................358
7.1.2 NE40E-X8 DC-Input Power Cable.......................................................................................................359
7.1.3 NE40E-X3 DC-Input Power Cable.......................................................................................................361
7.1.4 NE40E-8 DC-Input Power Cable..........................................................................................................362
7.2 AC-input Power Cable....................................................................................................................................363
7.2.1 NE40E-X16 AC-input Power Cable......................................................................................................363
7.2.2 NE40E-X8 AC-input Power Cable........................................................................................................364
7.2.3 NE40E-X3 AC-input Power Cable........................................................................................................365
7.2.4 NE40E-8 AC-input Power Cable..........................................................................................................365
7.3 Chassis and Cabinet Grounding Cable...........................................................................................................365
Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii

7.3.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................366
7.3.2 Structure.................................................................................................................................................366
7.4 Console Port Cable.........................................................................................................................................366
7.4.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................366
7.4.2 Structure.................................................................................................................................................366
7.5 Auxiliary Port Cable.......................................................................................................................................368
7.5.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................368
7.5.2 Structure.................................................................................................................................................368
7.6 Clock Cable....................................................................................................................................................370
7.6.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................370
7.6.2 Structure.................................................................................................................................................370
7.7 Ethernet Cable................................................................................................................................................374
7.7.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................374
7.7.2 Structure.................................................................................................................................................375
7.8 Optical Fiber...................................................................................................................................................377
7.8.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................377
7.8.2 Optical Connectors................................................................................................................................378
7.9 CE1/CT1/E3/T3 Cable...................................................................................................................................380
7.9.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................380
7.9.2 Structure.................................................................................................................................................380
A List of Indicators.......................................................................................................................383
A.1 Indicators of NE40E-X16..............................................................................................................................384
A.1.1 Fan Module Indicators..........................................................................................................................384
A.1.2 Power Module Indicators......................................................................................................................384
A.1.3 MPU Indicators.....................................................................................................................................384
A.1.4 SFU Indicators......................................................................................................................................385
A.1.5 LPU Indicators......................................................................................................................................386
A.2 Indicators of NE40E-X8................................................................................................................................386
A.2.3 SRU Indicators......................................................................................................................................387
A.2.4 SFU Indicators......................................................................................................................................388
A.2.5 LPU Indicators......................................................................................................................................389
A.3 Indicators of NE40E-X3................................................................................................................................389
Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix


A.3.3 MPU Indicators.....................................................................................................................................391
A.3.4 LPU Indicators......................................................................................................................................392
A.4 Indicators of NE40E-8...................................................................................................................................392
A.4.3 SRU Indicators......................................................................................................................................393
A.4.4 SFU Indicators......................................................................................................................................394
A.4.5 LPU Indicators......................................................................................................................................394
B List of Boards.............................................................................................................................396
B.1 Boards............................................................................................................................................................397
B.2 Power Consumption and Weight...................................................................................................................401
C List of Interface Attributes......................................................................................................407

C.1 Interface Attributes of 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45................................................................408
C.2 Interface Attributes of 100Base-FX...............................................................................................................408
C.3 Interface Attributes of 1000Base-X-SFP.......................................................................................................409
C.4 Interface Attributes of 100/1000Base-CSFP.................................................................................................410
C.5 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP........................................................................................411
C.6 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN-SFP+.................................................................................................412
C.7 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c cPOS-SFP........................................................................................413
C.8 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP..........................................................................................414
C.9 Interface Attributes of OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP........................................................................................415
C.10 Interface Attributes of OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP....................................................................................416
C.11 Interface Attributes of OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP.................................................................................417
C.12 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP......................................................................................418
C.13 Interface Attributes of OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP....................................................................................419
C.14 Interface Attributes of CE1/CT1..................................................................................................................420
C.15 Interface Attributes of E3/T3.......................................................................................................................420
D Optical Module.........................................................................................................................422
D.1 155 Mbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Module..........................................................................................................423
D.2 622 Mbit/s eSFP Optical Module..................................................................................................................433
D.3 1 Gbit/s Electrical Transceiver......................................................................................................................439
D.4 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC Optical Module.................................................................................................................441
D.5 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Module..........................................................................................................448
D.6 2.5 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Module............................................................................................................461
D.7 10 Gbit/s XFP Optical Module......................................................................................................................467
D.8 10-Gbit/s SFP+ Optical Module....................................................................................................................473
D.9 155-Mbit/s CSFP Optical Module.................................................................................................................478
D.10 1.25Gbit/s CSFP Optical Module................................................................................................................481
E Glossary......................................................................................................................................484
Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential x

F Acronyms and Abbreviations.................................................................................................486
Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xi

Hardware Description 1 Product Overview
1 Product Overview
About This Chapter
This chapter provides the positioning of the HUAWEI NetEngine40E Universal Service Router
in the network.
1.1 Overview
Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

Hardware Description 1 Product Overview
1.1 Overview
The HUAWEI NetEngine40E Universal Service Router (hereinafter referred to as the
NE40E) is a high-end Router with 10-Gbit/s interfaces designed for core and backbone networks.
The NE40E is positioned as the edge or convergence router on the IP backbone network.
Based on the powerful Versatile Routing Platform (VRP), the NE40E features the following:
l Rich services
l Large capacity
l High performance
l High availability

Hardware Description 2 NE40E-X16 Chassis Overview
2 NE40E-X16 Chassis Overview
About This Chapter
2.1 Overview
This section gives an overview of the NE40E-X16 hardware.
2.2 Power Supply System
This chapter describes the power supply system used by the NE40E.
2.3 Heat Dissipation System
This section describes the appearance, functions, and specifications of the heat dissipation
system.
2.4 Switching Network
This section describes the functions of the SFU.
2.5 Control Plane
This chapter describes the control plane of the NE40E-X16.
2.6 Physical Specifications
This section describes the specifications of the chassis and boards.

2.1 Overview
2.1.1 System Overview

This section gives an overview of the system.
The NE40E series adopt a centralized routing engine and distributed forwarding architecture.
This helps to provide rich and flexible service and to perform large-capacity forwarding.
The NE40E-X16 has an integrated chassis, with main components which all support hot
swapping.
The NE40E-X16 supports all the Line Processing Units (LPUs) on the former NE40E, but the
Main Processing Units (MPUs) and Switch and Fabric Units (SFUs) are new.
As shown in Figure 2-1, the NE40E-X16 has 16 LPU slots.The switching capacity of the entire
system is 12.58 Tbit/s.
Figure 2-1 Appearance of the NE40E-X16

2.1.2 System Architecture

This section describes the system architecture.
The NE40E-X16 adopts a system architecture shown in Figure 2-2. In this architecture, the data
plane, management and control plane, and monitoring plane are separated. This design helps to
improve system reliability and facilitates upgrading of each plane separately.
Figure 2-2 Diagram of the system architecture
LPU SRU LPU
Monitoring Monitoring
unit unit
Monitoring
plane System
monitoring unit Monitoring
Monitoring unit
unit
Management Management
System
unit unit
Control and monitoring unit
management
plane Management Management
Switching
unit unit
network
control unit
Forwarding Forwarding
unit unit
Data
Switching
plane network
unit 交换网板
SFU unit
LPU LPU
2.1.3 System Features

This section describes the main features.
The NE40E-X16 provides the following system features:
l Unblocked switching network that can be upgraded, with switching capacity at the Tbit/s
level
l Distributed hardware-based forwarding and fast service deployment
l Compact structure to increase interface density
l Normalized design of system components
l Separation of the control channel, service channel, and monitoring channel to ensure non-
blacking control channels and monitoring channels
l Carrier-class high reliability and manageability

l Shielding at the modular level to meet Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) requirements
l Hot-swappable boards, power modules, and fans
l U-shaped air channels to improve system heat dissipation
l Distributed power supply to enhance power supply capability for a single chassis
l 200-mm ( 7.87 in. )fans with a filtering box, and support for NEBS and ETSI
l MPUs in 1:1 backup mode
l SFUs in load balancing mode
l Backup for key components such as power modules, fan modules, clocks, and management
buses
l Protection against incorrect of boards
l Queries about alarm prompts, alarm indications, running status, and alarm status of the
voltage and ambient temperature
2.1.4 System Configuration

This section describes the system configuration and physical parameters of the NE40E-X16.
Table 2-1 System configuration list of the NE40E-X16

Item Description Remarks
Processing unit Main frequency: 1.5 GHz -
BootROM 8 MB -
SDRAM 2 GB Can be extended to 4 GB.
NVRAM 4 MB -
Flash 32 MB -
CF card 2 GB Two 1 GB CF cards.
Switching capacity 12.58 Tbit/s -

(bidirectional)
Interface capacity 3.2 Tbit/s (bidirectional) -
Number of LPU slots 16 -
Number of MPU slots 2 -
Number of SFU slots 4 -
2.1.5 NE40E-X16 Hardware Description

This section describes the main components and slot layout of the NE40E-X16.

Components of the NE40E-X16

The NE40E-X16 has an integrated chassis, with main components which all support hot
swapping.
Figure 2-3 and Figure 2-4 show the architecture and main components of the NE40E-X16.
Figure 2-3 Appearance and main components of the NE40E-X16 (front view)
1. Air intake vent 2. ESD jack 3. Cabling trough 4. Handle 5. Air intake vent
6. Rack-mounting ear

Figure 2-4 Appearance and main components of the NE40E-X16 (rear view)
1. Fan module 2. Filtering box 3.DC power module 4. AC power management interface 5.CMU
Slot Layout on the NE40E-X16

Figure 2-5 shows the slot layout on the NE40E-X16.

Figure 2-5 Slot layout on the NE40E-X16
1 2 3 17 18 4 5 6 7
L L L M M L L L L
P P P P P P P P P
U U U U U U U U U
SFU 19
SFU 20
SFU 21
SFU 22
L L L L L L L L L
P P P P P P P P P
U U U U U U U U U
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Table 2-2 describes the slot layout on the NE40E-X16.
Table 2-2 Board distribution in the board cage of the NE40E-X16
Slot Quant Slot Width Remarks

Number ity
1 to 16 16 41 mm (1.6 inches) These slots are used to hold LPUs.
17 to 18 2 41 mm (1.6 inches) These slots hold MPUs that work in 1:1

backup mode.
19 to 22 4 41 mm (1.6 inches) These slots are used to hold SFUs that work
in 3+1 load balancing mode.

This chapter describes the power supply system used by the NE40E.
2.2.1 Architecture of the Power Supply System

This section describes the features of the power supply system.
The NE40E-X16 supports either DC or AC power supply.

In the case of a DC power supply system, eight 70 A Power Entry Modules (PEMs) are inserted
at the rear of the chassis, working in 4+4 load balancing mode.
In the case of an AC power supply system, two AC power frames are placed outside the chassis
and installed with rectifier modules based on system power. The AC power frames are then
connected to the input terminals on the DC-PEMs to supply power for the system. (In short,
external AC power frames are added to the DC power supply system to constitute an AC power
supply system.)
2.2.2 Distributed Architecture of the System

This section describes partitioned power supply on the NE40E-X16.
As shown in Figure 2-6, the NE40E-X16 backplane is divided into four areas, with each area
having two power inputs. These eight power inputs work in backup mode.
Figure 2-6 Schematic diagram of the power supply for the NE40E-X16
FAN FAN
1 2 3 17 18 4 5 6 7
L L L M M L L L L
P P P P P P P P P
U U U U U U U U U
SFU 19
SFU 20
SFU 21
SFU 22
L L L L L L L L L
P P P P P P P P P
U U U U U U U U U
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
FAN FAN
2.2.3 DC Power Supply System

This section describes the appearance, functions, and technical parameters of the DC power
supply module.
Figure 2-7 appearance of the PEM on theNE40E-X16.

Figure 2-7 Appearance of the NE40E-X16's PEM
The LED indicators on the PEM of the NE40E-X16 are described in Table 2-3.
Table 2-3 Description of the indicators of the PEM

Indicator Color Description
RUN Green Indicates normal power output. If the indicator is steady on,
it implies the normal output.
ALM Red Power failure indicator. If the indicator is steady on, it

indicates the following:
l The lightning protection link of the power module failed.
l The power modules does not have input power.
If the NE40E-X16 has a DC power supply system, eight 70 A PEMs work in 4+4 backup mode.
Figure 2-8 shows details of the DC power supply system.
Two -48V power inputs are joined on the board.
After the low-frequency filtering, the two -48 V power inputs for fans are joined inside the fan
module.
NOTE
In Figure 2-8, each DC power input contains one -48 V power input and one RTN input. Two separated RTN
input are joined on the board.

Figure 2-8 Architecture of the NE40E-X16 DC power supply system

area 1 area 2
FAN FAN
backplane FFU FFU
LPU
DC a1
LPU
PEMA1 area 2
LPU
LPU
DC b1
LPU
PEMB1
LPU
LPU
MPU
MPU
DC a2
PEMA2
DC b2 area 1 SFU
PEMB2
SFU
SFU
DC a3 SFU
PEMA3
DC b3 area 3
PEMB3
LPU
LPU
LPU
LPU
LPU
LPU
DC a4
PEMA4
LPU
LPU
LPU
DC b4 area 4 LPU
PEMB4
FFU FFU
FAN FAN
area 4 area 3
Table 2-4 lists the technical parameters of the DC power supply module.
Table 2-4 Technical parameters of the DC PEM
Item Technical Parameter
Dimensions(Width x Depth x Height) 58mm x 115mm x 220mm ( 2.28 in. x 4.53

in. x 8.66 in. )
Weight About 1.1 kg ( 2.43 lb )
Input voltage range -38 V DC to -72 V DC
Input rated voltage -48V/-60V
Maximum input current 70 A
Output voltage -38 V DC to -72 V DC
Output current 70 A

Rated current of the air-break 70 A
2.2.4 AC Power Supply System

This section describes the appearance, functions, and the technical parameters of the AC power
supply module.
Figure 2-9 and Figure 2-10 show the appearance of the AC rectifier module.
Figure 2-9 Front view of the AC rectifier module
Figure 2-10 Rear view of the AC rectifier module
Figure 2-11 diagrams the AC power supply system of the NE40E-X16. The input AC power is
converted into regulated DC power by an AC/DC converter. The resulting DC power output is
connected to the PEMs through external cables to supply power for all boards and fan modules.
module.

In Figure 2-11, each DC power input contains one -48 V power input and one RTN input. Two
separated RTN inputs are joined on the board.
Figure 2-11 Architecture of the NE40E-X16 AC power supply system
area 1 area 2
AC1 AC2
FAN FAN
backplane
FFU FFU
DC a1
PEMA1 area 2
LPU
LPU
DC b1
LPU
PEMB1
LPU
LPU
LPU
LPU
MPU
MPU
DC a2
PEMA2
DC b2 area 1
DCa PEMB2 SFU
SFU
DC a3 SFU
PEMA3 SFU
DC b3 area 3
PEMB3
LPU
LPU
LPU
LPU
DC a4 LPU
DCb DC b4 PEMA4
LPU
area 4
LPU
LPU
LPU
PEMB4
LPU
FFU FFU
FAN FAN
area 4 area 3
Installing the AC power module in the same cabinet as the chassis is recommended. If the AC
power module cannot be installed in the same cabinet as the chassis, it should be placed near
the cabinet and careful attention needs to be paid to the cabling. Two AC power modules work
in 1+1 backup mode. Each power module provides four circuit breakers and eight AC power
inputs. Each circuit breaker is 20 A.
Table 2-5 lists the technical parameters of the AC power module.
Table 2-5 Technical parameters of the AC power supply module
Dimensions (Width x Depth 442 mm x 650 mm x 88 mm ( 17.40 in. x 25.59 in. x 3.46 in. )
x Height)

Input voltage range 90 V to 275 V (recommend)

175 V to 275 V
Maximum input current 18.5A/single module
Maximum output current 50A/single module
Maximum output power 2900 W/single module

system.
2.3.1 System Air Channel

This section describes the NE40E-X16's system air channel.
The NE40E-X16 is divided into an upper chassis and a lower chassis; it draws in air from the
front and exhausts air from the rear. The air intake vent on the upper chassis is located above
the board area on the front chassis; the air exhaust vent is located above the board area on the
rear chassis. The lower chassis and the upper chassis are opposites. The upper chassis and the
lower chassis also have separate heat dissipation systems.
The middle area of the NE40E-X16 is for SFU slots.The air intake vent of this area is located
on the left of the chassis. Two upper SFU slots in the area draw in air from the left. When flowing
to the right, the air joins the air from the upper chassis. Two lower SFU slots in the area also
draw in air from the left. When flowing to the right, the air joins the air from the lower chassis.
Figure 2-12 shows the air flow in the NE40E-X16.

Figure 2-12 Air flow in the NE40E-X16
2.3.2 Air Intake Vent

This section describes the air intake vents.
The NE40E-X16 has three air channels.
The upper and lower chassis have separate air channels that draw air from the front and exhausts
air from the rear. The air filters are installed over the air intake vents. Each filter has a curved
face, large area, and small windage resistance. These features help to improve heat dissipation
efficiency. Air filters on the upper and lower chassis are identical.
The air channel in the SFU slot area is located on the left of the chassis. The air filter uses front
access. The depth of the air filter is the same as that of an SFU and the height of the air filter is
four times the height of the an SFU.
2.3.3 Fan Module

This section describes the appearance of the fan module.
Two fan modules each containing one fan are located side by side at the air exhaust vent. If a
single fan fails, the system can still work normally for a short period of time at ambient
temperature of 40°C ( 104°F ). Figure 2-13 shows the appearance of a fan module.

Figure 2-13 Appearance of a fan module
Table 2-6 describes the indicators on the fan module.
Table 2-6 Description of the indicators on the fan module

STATUS Green If the indicator blinks, the fan

module is working normally.
Red If the indicator blinks, the fan

module, PEM, or filtering
box is faulty.
Table 2-7 lists the technical parameters of the fan module.
Table 2-7 Technical parameters of the fan module

Dimensions (width x depth x height) 210.4 mm x 100 mm x 243.7 mm ( 8.28 in. x

3.94 in. x 9.59 in. )
Weight 3.4 kg( 7.50 lb )
Power consumption (typical value) 30 W
Maximum noise 74 dB
2.3.4 Air Filter

The NE40E-X16 draws in air from the front and exhausts air from the rear. The two air filters
on the upper and lower chassis are identical. To maximize air intake, the filters are fully

perforated. Air filters are fixed to the chassis by fasteners to facilitate filter removal and
replacement.Figure 2-14 shows the appearance of an air filter.
Figure 2-14 An air filter
The air channel in the SFU slot area is located on the left of the chassis. The air filter uses front
access. The depth of the air filter is the same as that of an SFU and the height of the air filter is
four times the height of an SFU as shown in Figure 2-15.
Figure 2-15 An air filter in the SFU slot area
Placing a black sponge air filter at the air intake vent helps to prevent dust from entering the
system. It is recommended that air filters be removed and cleaned at least once every three
months.
2.3.5 Fan Speed Adjustment

This section describes the fan speed adjustment.
When the system is fully configured, temperatures reported by the temperature sensors on the
LPUs, SFUs, and MPUs serve as the basis for fan speed adjustment. General principles are listed
below:

Ambient Rotational Noise and Dissipation Standards

Temperat Speed
ure
-5°C–+27° Low speed (2200/ When fans rotate at a constantly low speed, the noises
C ( 23°F – min) meet the ETSI standard and the fans meet heat dissipation
80.6°F ) requirements of a fully configured system.
27°C–50° Linear variation The fan speed is adjusted smoothly in linear mode,
C (80.6°F – without a sharp increase in noises.
122°F)
Over 50°C High speed (5900/ Fans rotate at high speed to meet heat dissipation
( 122°F ) min) requirements.
2.3.6 FFU
The Fan Power Filtering Unit (FFU) filters the power supply for the fan frame of the device.
The FFU performs functions such as reporting a signal that the FFU is in position, e-label reading
and writing, and indicators.
Outline of the FFU

Figure 2-16 shows the outline of the FFU.
Figure 2-16 Outline of the FFU
Functions
l The FFU can send a signal indicating that it is in position.
– The hardware of the FFU supports reporting of a signal that the FFU is in position.
l The FFU supports hot swap.
– The I2C port of the IC makes the FFU hot-swappable.
l The FFU provides indicators.

– The FFU provides an indicator (red/green) to indicate the working status of the FFU.
l The FFU provides the e-label function.
– The FFU supports EEPROM extension, allowing you to read and write the e-label.
Panel Description
Table 2-8 shows the outline of the panel for the FFU.
Table 2-8 Indicator description

Indicator Description
STATUS When the FFU works normally, this indicator remains steady green.
When the FFU generates an alarm, this indicator goes red.
Specifications
Table 2-9 shows the specifications of the FFU.
Table 2-9 Specifications

Parameter Value
Typical power 2W
consumption
Heat dissipation 6.5 BTU/hour
Weight 0.7 kg ( 1.54 lb )

This section describes the functions of the SFU.
2.4.1 Introduction to the Switching Network

This section describes the principle of the SFU.
The switching network responsible for switching data between LPUs is a key component of the
NE40E. The NE40E uses switching chips developed by Huawei and Memory-Crossbar-Memory
(M-C-M) to provide a three-level switching mode. Level-1 and level-3 switching use a shared-
memory model and are performed on LPUs; level-2 switching uses a Crossbar model and is
performed on SFUs. Figure 2-17 shows the switching network of the NE40E.
The level-1 switching chip on one LPU is fully connected to the level-2 switching chips on SFUs.
The level-2 switching chips on the SFUs are also fully connected to the level-3 switching chip
on another LPU. In addition, the level-2 crossbar switching chips work in load balancing mode
on multiple switching planes. The entire switching network is unblocked. The following
describes how data packets are transmitted across the switching network.

1. Data packets enter an LPU through physical interfaces and are fragmented into cells of a
fixed length. These cells are then sent to the level-1 switching chips. After being buffered
and scheduled, the cells enter the crossbar switching chips on the SFU. The level-1
switching chip on an LPU is fully connected with all of the level-2 switching chips. As a
result, the same number of cells can be distributed to each level-2 switching plane. This
implements load balancing on switching planes and facilitates fault tolerance.
2. After the cells reach the crossbar switching chips, the crossbar switching chips schedule
the cells to the corresponding outbound interfaces according to the destination interfaces
of the data packets. The cells are then sent to the level-3 switching chips on another LPU.
At this point, the switching of the cells by the level-2 switching chips is completed.
3. After the cells reach the level-3 switching chips on another LPU, the system searches for
the destination interfaces. Once found, the cells are reassembled and sent out through
physical interfaces. At this point, switching of the data packets is completed.
Figure 2-17 Switching network of the NE40E
SFU
Forwarding
Table
Memory Memory
IP DATA Forwarding IP DATA
Decision
Forwarding
Table
Crossbar
Memory Memory
Decision
Forwarding
Table
Memory Memory
Decision
LPU LPU
Reliability
The NE40E-X16 has four SFUs that work in 3+1 load balancing mode. The four SFUs load
balance services at the same time. When one SFU is faulty or being replaced, the other three
SFUs automatically take over its tasks to ensure normal delivery of services,thus improving
system reliability.
2.4.2 Switch Fabric Unit B(SFUI-200-B)

Appearance
Figure 2-18shows the appearance of the Switch Fabric Unit B(SFUI-200-B).

Figure 2-18 Appearance of the Switch Fabric Unit B(SFUI-200-B)
Panel
Figure 2-19 shows the appearance of the panel.
Figure 2-19 Appearance of the Panel
1. Ejector lever 2. ACT indicator 3. OFL button 4. OFL indicator
5. RUN indicator
Table 2-10 describes the buttons and indicators on the panel.
Table 2-10 Buttons and indicators on the panel

LED Description
RUN Before the registration of the SFU: If the indicator blinks twice every second (2
(green) Hz), the system is in the alarm state.
After the registration of the SFU: If the indicator blinks once every two seconds
(0.5 Hz), the system is running normally.
ACT If the indicator is on, it indicates that the SFU is working normally; if the green
(green) indicator is off, it indicates that the SFU is faulty.
OFL (red) When the SFU is working normally, the OFL indicator is off. After the OFL
button is pressed to power off the SFU, the OFL indicator is on.
NOTE
The Switch Fabric Unit B (SFUI-200-B) can be used only on the NE40E-X16.

2.4.3 CR5DSFUI407B
Appearance
As shown in Figure 2-20, the CR5DSFUI407B on the NE40E-X16 switches data for the entire
system at line speed of 640 Gbit/s (320 Gbit/s for the upstream traffic and 320 Gbit/s for the
downstream traffic). This ensures a non-blocked switching network.
The NE40E-X16 has four SFUs working in 3+1 load balancing mode. The entire system provides
a switching capacity at wire speed of 2.56 Tbit/s.
The four SFUs load balance services at the same time. When one SFU is faulty or being replaced,
the other three SFUs automatically take over its tasks to ensure normal delivery of services.
Figure 2-20 Appearance of the CR5DSFUI407B
Panel
Figure 2-21 Appearance of the Panel
1. Ejector lever 2. ACT indicator 3. OFL button 4. RUN indicator
5. OFL indicator
Table 2-11 describes the buttons and indicators on the panel.

Table 2-11 Buttons and indicators on the panel
LED Description
(green) Hz), the system is in the alarm state.
(0.5 Hz), the system is running normally.
ACT If the indicator is on, it indicates that the SFU is working normally; if the green
OFFLINE When the SFU is working normally, the OFL indicator is off. After the OFL
(red) button is pressed to power off the SFU, the OFL indicator is on.
NOTE
The CR5DSFUI407B can be used only on the NE40E-X16.
2.5 Control Plane

2.5.1 Introduction to the Control Plane

This section describes the functions of the control plane.
The control plane of the NE40E-X16 is separated from the data plane and the monitoring plane.
The MPU on the NE40E-X16 is responsible for system control and management, including route
calculation, device management and maintenance, and device monitoring.
System Control and Management Unit

As the system control and management unit, the MPU provides the following functions on the
system control panel:
l Route calculation: All routing protocol packets are sent by the forwarding engine to the
MPU for processing. In addition, the MPU broadcasts and filters packets, and downloads
routing policies from the policy server.
l Outband communication between boards: The LAN switch modules integrated on the MPU
provide outband communications between boards. In this manner, messages can be
controlled, maintained, and exchanged between SFUs and LPUs.
l Device management and maintenance: Devices can be managed and maintained through
the management interfaces (serial interfaces) provided by the MPU.
l Data configuration: The MPU stores configuration data, startup files, charging information,
upgrade software, and system logs.
l Data storage: The MPU provides two interfaces for CF cards, which serve as mass storage
devices to store data files.

System Clock Unit

As the system clock unit, the MPU provides accurate and reliable SDH clock signals for LPUs.
The MPU can provide three-channel 2.048-MHz synchronous clock signals for the downstream
devices, or receive 2.048-MHz or 2.048-Mbit/s external reference clock signals.
To support IEEE 1588v2, that is, the Precision Time Protocol (PTP), the SDH clock interface
can input time information in multiple formats by selecting specific software.
System Maintenance Unit

As the system maintenance unit, the MPU collects monitored information to test system units
locally or remotely, or implement in-service upgrading of system units.
The MPU periodically collects information about the operation of system units through the
Monitorbus. The MPU then generates related control information based on the collected
information, for example, the detection of board installations and adjustments to fan speed.
Through the joint test action group (JTAG) bus, the MPU remotely or locally tests system units,
or performs in-service upgrades of system units.
Reliability
The main control modules, clock modules, and LAN switch modules on the MPU work in 1:1
hot backup mode, thus improving system reliability.
The two MPUs work in 1:1 backup mode. Each MPU monitors the status of the other. If the
master MPU is faulty, the slave MPU automatically takes over as the master MPU.
2.5.2 CR5D0MPUB460
Appearance
Figure 2-22 shows the appearance of the CR5D0MPUB460.
Figure 2-22 Appearance of the MPU
NOTE
In this document, the equipment exterior is for reference only. The actual equipment may differ from what is
shown in the figures.
Panel

Figure 2-23 Appearance of the panel
1. Ejector lever 2. CLK/Serial 3. CLK/1PPS 4. CLK/TOD
5. AUX 6. Console 7. MGMT-ETH 8. CTL-ETH-SFP
9. LINK/ACT 10. CF OFL button 11. CF card 12. CF indicator
13. USB 14. RESET 15. ALM indicator 16. OFL button
17. OFL indicator 18. RUN indicator 19. ACT active/standby 20. MGMT-ETH LINK
indicator indicator
21. MGMT-ETH ACT

indicator
Table 2-12 lists the buttons and indicators on the panel of the MPU.
Table 2-12 Buttons and indicators on the panel of the MPU
Indicator/Button Description
OFL button To remove a board, you must press and hold the button for six
seconds until the OFL indicator turns on.
This button takes effect only on the slave MPU.
OFL indicator (red) If the indicator is on, you can remove the board.
RUN indicator (green) If the indicator blinks once every two seconds (0.5 Hz), the
system is in the normal state.
If the indicator blinks twice each second (2 Hz), the system is in
the alarm state.
ALM indicator (red) If the indicator is steady on, the system is in the alarm state.
If the indicator is steady off, the system is in the normal state.
ACT active/standby If the indicator is steady on, the MPU is in the active state.
indicator (green) If the indicator is off, the MPU is in the standby state.
Reset button The button is used for resetting the MPU. If you press the Reset
button, you can reset the MPU.
CF ACT indicator (green) If the indicator is on, the CF is in position.

If the indicator is blinking, data is being read or written.
If the indicator is off, the CF is not in position or can be removed.
CF OFL button If you press the CF OFL button, all operations on the CF card
will be ended and the CF card will be powered off.

SFP LINK/ACT indicator If the indicator is steady on, the link is normal.
(green) If the indicator is blinking, data is being transmitted.
MGMT-ETH LINK If the indicator is steady on, the link is normal.

indicator (green) (on If the indicator is off, the link is Down.
Ethernet network
interfaces)
MGMT-ETH ACT If the indicator is blinking, data is being transmitted.

indicator (amber) (on If the indicator is off, no data is being transmitted.
Ethernet interfaces)
Table 2-13 describes the interfaces on the MPU and their uses.
Table 2-13 Interfaces on the MPU and their uses
Interface Name Connector Type Description
USB interface USB It is used to hold a USB disk to store data

files as a massive storage device.
CF card interface TYPE II It is used to hold a CF card to store data files

(compatible with as a massive storage device.
TYPE I)
CTL-ETH-SFP interface SFP It is not used and reserved for the use after
(1000MBase-X) capacity expansion.
MGMT-ETH interface RJ45 It connects to the NMS workstation and has

(10M/100M/1000M LINK and ACT indicators.
Base-TX auto-sensing)
Console interface RJ45 It connects to the console for on-site

configuration of the system.
AUX interface RJ45 It connects to the Modem for remote

maintenance through dialing.
CLK/TOD0 RJ45 It is used to input or output 2-Mbit/s clock

signals, 2-MHz clock signals, 1pps+ASCII
CLK/TOD1 clock signals, or two channels of DCLS
clock signals.
CLK/1PPS SMB It is used to input or output 2-Mbit/s clock

signals, 2-MHz clock signals, or 1 PPS
signals.
CLK/Serial SMB It is used to input or output 2-Mbit/s clock

signals, 2-MHz clock signals, or RS232
signals.

NOTE
BITS2 provides two SMB ports, and the signal type can be set to 2Mbps/2Mhz/1PPS+RS232. When signal
is 2Mbps/2Mhz,CLK/1PPS is fixed as input and CLK/Serial is fixed as output. When signal is 1PPS
+RS232, CLK/1PPS and CLK/Serial are bound together, CLK/1PPS signal type is 1PPS whereas CLK/
Serial signal type is RS232, and the setting of input/output apply to both SMB ports.
Interface Attributes
Table 2-14 lists the USB interface attributes.
Table 2-14 USB interface attributes
Attribute Description
Connector type USB
Operation mode High-speed mode or full-speed mode
Standard compliance USB 2.0
Cable specification Standard USB cables
Table 2-15 lists the 1000MBase-X-SFP interface attributes.
Table 2-15 1000MBase-X-SFP interface attributes
Connector type SFP
Operation mode 1000M fiber
Standard compliance IEEE 802.3-2002
Cable specification Single-mode or multi-mode fibers
Table 2-16 lists the attributes of the 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45 interfaces.
Table 2-16 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45 interface attributes
Connector type RJ45
Operation mode 10M/100M/1000M auto-sensing interfaces, supporting half-duplex and

full-duplex modes
Standard IEEE 802.3-2002

compliance

Cable Category 5 unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cables recommended when the
specification interface rate is 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s; super category 5 Shielded
Twisted Pair (STP) cables recommended when the interface rate is 1000
Mbit/s
Table 2-17 lists the console interface attributes.
Table 2-17 Console interface attributes
Connector type RJ45
Operation mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Electrical RS-232
attribute
Baud rate 9600 bit/s (default value), which can be changed as required
Data equipment Data Circuit-terminating Equipment (DCE)

type
Cable 8-core shielded cable

specification
Table 2-18 lists the AUX interface attributes.
Table 2-18 AUX interface attributes
Connector type RJ45
Operation mode Duplex UART
Electrical RS-232
attribute
Data equipment Data Terminal Equipments (DTE)

type

specification
Table 2-19 lists the external clock interface attributes.

Table 2-19 External clock interface attributes
Connector type RJ45
Cable 120-ohm clock cable

specification
Standard G.703
compliance
Table 2-20 lists the external clock interface attributes.
Connector type SMB

specification
Standard G.703
compliance
2.5.3 CMU
The Centralized Monitoring Unit (CMU) controls fog, temperature, and humidity sensors.
Therefore, the CMU is the environment monitoring and management center for the chassis. The
CMU is composed of a sensor management module, a system control module, and a
communications module.
CMU Outline
Figure 2-24 shows the outline of the CMU.
Figure 2-24 CMU outline

Functions
l Detecting the alarms of the fog sensor
– A certain interface on the panel of the CMU can be connected to the fog sensor in the
cabinet or equipment room. In this manner, the CMU can detect the alarms of the fog
sensor. When detecting an alarm from the fog sensor, the device management IC on the
CMU sends the alarm to the device.
l Detecting the ambient temperature and humidity
– Certain interfaces on the panel of the CMU can be connected to the ambient temperature
and humidity sensors in the cabinet or equipment room. In this manner, the CMU can
detect the alarms of the ambient temperature and humidity sensors. When detecting an
alarm, the device management IC on the CMU sends the alarm to the device.
l Cabinet door control
– The CMU monitors the cabinet door (open or close) through magnetic detection and
sends signals to the device. In addition, the CMU supports remote unlocking so that you
can remotely instruct the CMU to allow or prohibit door opening.
l Alarm output
– The CMU provides two-level alarm output.
l Major-node alarm detection
– The CMU allows input of alarm detection signals from up to six major nodes to detect
whether the devices outside the chassis are normal.
l One RS-232 port and one RS-485 port
– The CMU provides an RS-232 serial port for you to search information about the CMU.
In addition, the CMU provides an RS-485 serial port to connect required devices. The
RS-485 port provided by the CMU can work in full duplex mode.
Panel Description
Figure 2-25 shows the outline of the panel.
Figure 2-25 Panel outline
Table 2-21 lists the functions of the indicators on the CMU panel.
Table 2-21 Description of the indicators on the CMU panel
RUN (green) This indicator indicates the running status of the CMU.
When the CMU runs normally, this indicator blinks at a frequency of
1 Hz. If the CMU has not started, this indicator blinks at a frequency
of 5 Hz.

ALM (red) This is an alarm indicator. If the CAN bus fails, this indicator blinks
at a low frequency.
Table 2-22 lists the purpose of every interface on the CMU panel.
Table 2-22 Interface purposes

Name Purpose
RS-232 This is a serial debugging port and can be connected to a serial port on
a PC.
RS-485 This is a serial port and works in full-duplex mode.
FOG12V This port can be connected to the "+" end of the fog sensor. The power
supply voltage of the fog sensor is 12 V.
FOG_IN This port can be connected to the "-" end of the fog sensor.
ANA1 Input of analog values from a sensor (current input: 0 to 25 mA; voltage
input: 0 to 2.5 V)
AN12V Voltage of the power supply for a sensor (12 V)
input: 0 to 2.5 V)
OPEN1 Ports for double-level alarm output

COM is a public port. OPEN is always open; by default, OPEN is
COM1
disconnected from COM. CLOSE is always closed; by default, CLOSE
CLOSE1 is connected to COM.
When an alarm is generated, OPEN is connected to COM and CLOSE
OPEN2 is disconnected from COM.
COM2
CLOSE2
RE1+ Output for two relays
RE1-
RE2+
RE2-
IN0~IN6 Seven channels for the input of Boolean values
GND Board grounding

Specifications
Table 2-23 lists the specifications of the CMU.
Parameter Value
Typical power 3W
consumption
Heat dissipation 10 British Thermal Units (BTUs)/hour

This section describes the specifications of the chassis and boards.
2.6.1 Chassis Specifications

This section describes the physical parameters of the NE40E-X16.
Table 2-24 lists the physical parameters of the NE40E-X16.
Table 2-24 Physical parameters of the NE40E-X16
Item Description
Dimensions (Width x Depth x 442 mm x 650 mm x 1420 mm ( 17.40 in. x 25.59 in. x
Height) 55.91 in. )(chassis main body dimensions)
442 mm x 770 mm x 1420 mm ( 17.40 in. x 30.31 in. x
55.91 in. )(chassis dimensions including the chassis's
front and rear assembly and cable racks)
Installation position N68E cabinet or a standard 19-inch cabinet
Weight Empty chassis 69.6 kg ( 153.47 lb )
Full configuration 267 kg ( 588.74 lb )

(maximal)
Typical power consumption 6500 W
Heat dissipation 21089 BTU/hour
DC input Rated voltage 48 V

voltage
Maximum -38 V to -72 V
voltage range
AC input Input voltage 90 V to 275 V

voltage range 175 V to 275 V(recommend)

Item Description
System MTBF (year) 22.53

reliability
MTTR (hour) 0.5
Ambient Long-term 0°C to 45°C ( 32°F to 113°F )

temperature
Short-term -5°C to 55°C ( 23°F to 131°F )
Remarks Limit of the temperature change rate: 30°C ( 86 °F )/

hour
Storage temperature -40°C to 70°C ( –40°F to 158°F )
Relative humidity Long-term 5% RH to 85% RH, no coagulation
Short-term 5% RH to 95% RH, no coagulation
Storage humidity 0% RH to 95% RH, no coagulation
Long-term altitude Lower than 3000 m ( 9842.4 ft )
Storage altitude Lower than 5000 m ( 16404 ft )
NOTE
As shown in the table, "width" does not involve the size of rack-mounting ears.
The measurement point of the temperature and humidity is 1.5 m ( 4.92 ft )over the floor and 0.4 m ( 1.31 ft )
in front of the cabinet without the front and the back doors.
Short-term operation means that the continuous operation time does not exceed 48 hours and the accumulated
operation time per year does not exceed 15 days. Otherwise, it is called long-term operation.
2.6.2 Board Specifications

Table 2-25 lists the specifications of boards supported by the NE40E-X16.
Table 2-25 Specifications of boards supported by the NE40E-X16

Type Description Silkscreen
MPU MPU MPU
SFU SFU SFUI-200-B
SFU40B SFU
SPU SPU SPU
Flexible Card Versatile VSUF-10

Service Unit 10
Integrated Versatile VSUI-20-A

Service Unit 20 A

LPUF-10 Flexible Card Line LPUF-10

Processing Unit
(LPUF-10,four slots)
1-Port OC-192c/ FPIC-1xOC192-POS

STM-64c POS-XFP
Flexible Card
1-Port OC-48c/STM-16c FPIC-1xOC48-POS

POS-SFP Flexible Card


4-port OC-12c/STM-4c FPIC-4xOC12-POS




2-port OC-12c/STM-4c FPIC-2xOC12-ATM

ATM-SFP Flexible Card

8-port 100/1000Base- FPIC-8xGE

SFP Flexible Card
8-port 1000Base-X-SFP P10-8xFE/GE-SFP-A

Flexible Card A
2-Port Channelized 2xcPOS/STM1-SFP

OC-3c/STM-1c POS-
SFP Flexible Card
24-Port Channelized E1/ 24xcE1/cT1-DB 100

T1-DB100 Flexible Card
4-Port Clear Channel 4xE3/cT3-SMB

E3/Channelized T3-
SMB Flexible Card
LPUS-20 4-Port 10GBase LAN/ LPUS-20

WAN-XFP Line 4×10GBase LAN/WAN
Processing Unit S

40-Port 100/1000Base- LPUS-20

X-SFP Line Processing 40×100/1000Base-SFP
Unit S
40-Port LPUS-20
10/100/1000Base-RJ45 40×10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45
Line Processing Unit S

Processing Unit
(LPUF-21,2 sub-slots)
1-port 10GBase LAN/ 1x10GBase LAN/WAN

WAN-XFP Flexible
Card
1-port 10GBase LAN/ 1x10GBase LAN/WAN-A

WAN-XFP-A Flexible
Card
1-port 10GBase LAN/ P20-1x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-B

WAN-XFP-B Flexible
Card
1-port 10GBase LAN/ P20-1x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-E

WAN-XFP-E Flexible
Card
12-port 100Base-FX/ 12x100/1000Base-SFP

1000Base-X-SFP
Flexible Card
12-port 100/1000Base- 12x100/1000Base-SFP-A

SFP-A Flexible Card
12-port 100/1000Base- P20-12xGE-SFP-B

SFP Flexible Card B
10-port 1000Base-X- P20-10xGE-SFP-E

SFP Flexible Card E
12-port 10Base-T/ 12x10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45

100Base-TX/1000Base-
T Flexible Card
1-port OC-192c/ 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP

STM-64c POS-XFP
Flexible Card

WAN-XFP Flexible
Card


T Flexible Card

1000Base-X-SFP
Flexible Card
2-port 10GBase LAN/ P20-2x10GBase LAN/WAN-

WAN-XFP+20-port XFP-20xFE/GE-SFP
100/1000Base-X SFP
Flexible Card
LPUF-40 Flexible Card Line LPUF-40–A

Processing Unit LPUF-40–B
20-port 100/1000Base-X P40-20xFE/GE-SFP

SFP Flexible Card
20-port 100/1000Base- P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-A

X-SFP Flexible Card A
2-port 10GBase LAN/ P40-2x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP

WAN-XFP Flexible
Card
2-port 10GBase LAN/ P40-2x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-A

WAN-XFP Flexible
Card A
20-port 100/1000Base- P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-B

X-SFP Flexible Card B

WAN-XFP Flexible
Card B
20-Port P40–20 x FE/GE-RJ45

10/100/1000Base-RJ45
Flexible Card
4-Port 10GBase LAN/ P40–4x10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP

WAN-XFP Flexible
Card
LPUI-40 4-Port 10GBase LAN/ LPUI-40

WAN-XFP Integrated 4×10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
Line Processing Unit
40-Port 100/1000Base- LPUI-40

X-SFP Integrated Line 40×FE/GE-SFP
Processing Unit


4-Port 10GBase LAN/ LPUI-41


X-SFP Integrated Line 48xFE/GE-SFP
Processing Unit

WAN-XFP+24-Port 2x10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP–24xFE/
100/1000Base-X-SFP GE-SFP
Integrated Line
Processing Unit

WAN-XFP Integrated 4×10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-1588v2
(LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)

X-SFP Integrated Line 40×FE/GE-SFP-1588v2
Processing Unit
(LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)

WAN-XFP+20-Port 2x10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP–20xFE/
100/1000Base-X-SFP GE-SFP-1588v2
Integrated Line
Processing Unit
(LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)
LPUS-41 8-Port 10GBase LAN/ LPUS-41

WAN-XFP Line 8×10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
Processing Unit S
4-Port 10GBase LAN/ LPUS-41

WAN-XFP Line 4×10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
Processing Unit S
48-Port 100/1000Base- LPUS-41

X-SFP Line Processing 48×FE/GE-SFP
Unit S

Processing Unit

5-Port 10GBase LAN/ P100–5x10GBase LAN/WAN-

WAN-XFP Flexible XFP-1588v2
Card B
(Supporting1588v2)
24-Port 100/1000Base- P100-24×FE/GE-SFP

X-SFP Flexible Card
(P100,Occupy two sub-
slots)
48-Port 100/1000Base- P100–48 x FE/GE-CSFP

CSFP Flexible Card

WAN-XFP Integrated 10×10GBase LAN/WAN-
Line Processing Unit XFP-1588v2
(LPUI-100,Supporting
1588v2)
16-Port 10GBase LAN- LPUI-100

SFP+ Integrated Line 16×10GBase LAN-SFP+
Processing Unit

About This Chapter
This chapter describes the device structure, power supply and heat dissipation system.
3.1 Overview
system.
3.5 Control Plane

3.1 Overview

The NE40E series adopt a centralized routing engine and a distributed forwarding architecture.
This helps to provide rich and flexible services and to perform large-capacity forwarding.
The NE40E-X8 has an integrated chassis, with main components which all support hot swapping.
The NE40E-X8 supports all the Line Processing Units (LPUs) on the former NE40E, but the
Switch and Route Processing Units (SRUs) and Switch and Fabric Units (SFUs) are new.
As shown in Figure 3-1, the NE40E-X8 has eight LPU slots.The switching capacity of the entire
system is 7.08 Tbit/s.
Figure 3-1 shows the appearance of the NE40E-X8.
Figure 3-1 Appearance of the NE40E-X8
3.1.2 System Architecture

This section describes the system architecture.
The NE40E-X8 adopts a system architecture shown in Figure 3-2. In this architecture, the data
plane, management and control plane, and monitoring plane are separated. This design helps to
improve system reliability and facilitates upgrading of each plane separately.

Figure 3-2 Diagram of the system architecture
LPU SRU LPU
Monitoring Monitoring
unit unit
Monitoring
plane System
monitoring unit Monitoring
Monitoring unit
unit
Management Management
System
unit unit
Control and monitoring unit
management
plane Management Management
Switching
unit unit
network
control unit
unit unit
Data
Switching
plane network
unit 交换网板
SFU unit
LPU LPU

l Unblocked switching network that can be upgraded, with switching capacity at the Tbit/s
level
l Distributed hardware-based forwarding and fast service deployment
l Compact structure to increase interface density
l Normalized design of system components
l Separation of the control channel, service channel, and monitoring channel to ensure non-
blacking control channels and monitoring channels
l Hot swappable boards, power modules, and fans
l U-shaped air channels to improve system heat dissipation
l Distributed power supply to enhance power supply capabilities for a single chassis
l 200-mm ( 7.87 in. )fans with a filtering box, and support for NEBS and ETSI
l SRUs in 1:1 backup mode

l SFUs in load balancing mode

buses
l Protection against incorrect insertion of boards


Item Typical Remarks
Configuration
Processing unit Main frequency: 1.5 -

GHz
BootROM 8 MB -
SDRAM 2 GB Can be extended to 4 GB
NVRAM 4 MB -
Flash 32 MB -
CF card 2 GB Two 1 GB CF cards
Interface capacity 1.6 Tbit/s (bidirectional) -
Number of LPU slots 8 -
Number of SRU slots 2 -
Number of SFU slots 1 -


Figure 3-3 and Figure 3-4 shows the architecture and main components of the NE40E-X8.

Figure 3-3 Appearance and main components of the NE40E-X8 (front view)
1. Air intake vent 2. Rack-mounting ear 3. ESD jack 4. Cabling trough
Figure 3-4 Appearance and main components of the NE40E-X8 (rear view)
1. Fan 2. Filtering box 3. AC power management interface 4. DC power module
5.CMU 6.Handle


1 2 3 4 9 11 10 5 6 7 8
L L L L S S S L L L L
P P P P R F R P P P P
U U U U U U U U U U U
1 2 3 4 9 11 10 5 6 7 8

Number ity
9 to 10 2 36 mm (1.4 inches) These slots hold SRUs in 1:1 backup mode.
11 1 36 mm (1.4 inches) The slot is used to hold an SFU, which,

together with two switch fabric units on the
SRUs, works in 2+1 load balancing mode.

This chapter describes the power supply system of the NE40E-X8.

In the case of a DC power supply system, four 70 A Power Entry Modules (PEMs) are inserted
at the rear of the chassis, working in 2+2 load balancing mode.
In the case of an AC power supply system, an AC power frame is placed outside the chassis and
installed with rectifier modules based on system power. The AC power frame is then connected
to the input terminals on the DC-PEMs to supply power for the system. (In short, an external
AC power frame is added to the DC power supply system to constitute an AC power supply
system.)
3.2.2 Distributed Architecture of the System

This section describes partitioned power supply on the NE40E-X8.

As shown in Figure 3-6, the NE40E-X8 backplane is divided into two areas, with each area
having two power inputs. These four power inputs work in backup mode.
Figure 3-6 Schematic diagram of the power supply for the NE40E-X8
FAN FAN
1 2 3 4 9 11 10 5 6 7 8
L L L L S S S L L L L
P P P P R F R P P P P
U U U U U U U U U U U
1 2 3 4 9 11 10 5 6 7 8

supply module.
Figure 3-7 shows the appearance of the NE40E-X8's PEM.
Figure 3-7 Appearance of the NE40E-X8's PEM
The LED indicators on the PEM of theNE40E-X8 are described in Table 3-3.


RUN Green Indicates normal power output. If the indicator is steady on,
it implies a normal output.
ALM Red Power failure indicator. If the indicator is steady on, it

l The lightning protection link of the power module has
failed.
l The power modules does not have input power.
If the NE40E-X8 has a DC power supply system, four 70 A PEMs work in 2+2 backup mode.
Figure 3-8 shows details of the DC power supply system.
Two -48 V power inputs are joined on the board.
After the low-frequency filtering, the two -48 V power inputs for fans Two separated RTN inputs
are joined on the board. inside the fan module.
NOTE
inputs are joined on the board.
Figure 3-8 Architecture of the NE40E-X8 DC power supply system

area 1 area 2
FAN FAN
AC1 AC2
FFU FFU
LPU
LPU
SRU
SRU
LPU
LPU
SFU
LPU
LPU
LPU
LPU
Boards
backplane
PEM A2 area 1
PEM B2
DC b
DC a PEM A1 area 2
PEM B1

Table 3-4 lists the technical parameters of the PEM.


in. x 8.66 in. )
Output current 70 A

supply module.
Figure 3-9 and Figure 3-10 show the appearance of the AC rectifier module.
Figure 3-9 Front view of the AC rectifier module

Figure 3-10 Rear view of the AC rectifier module
Figure 3-9 diagrams the AC power supply system of the NE40E-X8. AC power input is
converted into regulated DC power by an AC/DC converter. The resulting DC power output is
connected to the PEMs through external cables to supply power for all boards and fan modules.
module.
NOTE
inputs are joined on the board.

Figure 3-11 Architecture of the NE40E-X8 AC power supply system
area 1 area 2
FAN FAN
AC1 AC2
FFU FFU
LPU
LPU
SRU
SRU
LPU
LPU
SFU
LPU
LPU
LPU
LPU
Boards
PEM A2 area 1
PEM B2
DC b
DC a PEM A1 area 2
PEM B1
NOTE
Installing the AC power module in the same cabinet as the chassis is recommended. If the AC power module
cannot be installed in the same cabinet as the chassis, it should be placed near the cabinet and careful attention
needs to be paid to the cabling. Two AC power modules work in 1+1 backup mode. Each power module provides
four circuit breakers and eight AC power inputs. Each circuit breaker is 20 A.

Dimensions (Width x Depth 442 mm x 650 mm x 88 mm ( 17.40 in. x 25.59 in. x 3.46 in. )
x Height)
Input voltage range 90 V to 275 V (recommend)

175 V to 275 V
Maximum input current 18.5A/single module
Maximum output current 50A/single module
Maximum output power 2900 W/single module


system.

The NE40E-X8 draws in air from the front and exhausts air from the rear. The air intake vent is
located above the board area on the front chassis; the air exhaust vent is located above the board
area on the rear chassis.
The two fan modules of the NE40E-X8 are located side by side at the air exhaust vent, with each
module containing one fan.The entire system dissipates heat by drawing in air, as shown in
Figure 3-12.
Figure 3-12 Air flow in the NE40E-X8

An air filter is installed over the air intake vent of the NE40E-X8. The air filter has a curved
efficiency.
3.3.3 Fan Module

Two fan modules each containing one fan are located side by side at the air exhaust vent. If a
single fan fails, the system can still work normally for a short period of time at ambient
temperature of 40°C ( 104°F ). Figure 3-13 shows the appearance of a fan module.

Figure 3-13 Appearance of a fan module
Table 3-6 describes the indicators on the fan module.
Table 3-6 Description of the indicators on the fan module

STATUS Green If the indicator blinks, the fan

module is working normally.
Red If the indicator blinks, the fan

module, PEM, or filtering
box is faulty.

Dimensions (width x depth x height) 210.4 mm x 100 mm x 243.7 mm ( 8.28 in. x

3.94 in. x 9.59 in. )
Weight 3.4 kg( 7.50 lb )
Maximum noise 74 dB
3.3.4 Air Filter

The NE40E-X8 draws in air from the front top and exhausts air from the rear top. There is a 3
U space in the upper part of the chassis and an air filter on the front of the chassis. To maximize

air intake, the filter is fully perforated. The air filter is fixed to the chassis by a fastener to facilitate
filter removal and replacement. Figure 3-14 shows the appearance of an air filter.
Figure 3-14 An air filter
NOTE
Placing a black sponge air filter at the air intake vent helps to prevent dust from entering the system. It is
recommended that the air filter be removed and cleaned once every three months.

LPUs, SFUs, and MPUs serve as the basis for fan speed adjustment. General principles are listed
below:
Ambient Rotational Speed Noise and Dissipation Standards

Temperat
ure
-5°C–+27° Low speed (2200/min) When fans rotate at a constantly low speed, the noises
C ( 23°F – meet the ETSI standard and the fans meet heat
80.6°F ) dissipation requirements of a fully configured system.
C (80.6°F – without a sharp increase in noises.
122°F)
Over 50°C High speed (5900/ Fans rotate at high speed to meet heat dissipation
( 122°F ) min) requirements.
3.3.6 FFU
The Fan Power Filtering Unit (FFU) filters the power supply for the fan frame of the device.
The FFU performs functions such as reporting a signal that the FFU is in position, e-label reading
and writing, and indicators.
Outline of the FFU

Figure 3-15 shows the outline of the FFU.

Figure 3-15 Outline of the FFU
Functions
l The FFU can send a signal indicating that it is in position.
– The hardware of the FFU supports reporting of a signal that the FFU is in position.
l The FFU supports hot swap.
– The I2C port of the IC makes the FFU hot-swappable.
l The FFU provides indicators.
– The FFU provides an indicator (red/green) to indicate the working status of the FFU.
l The FFU provides the e-label function.
– The FFU supports EEPROM extension, allowing you to read and write the e-label.
Panel Description
Table 3-8 shows the outline of the panel for the FFU.
Table 3-8 Indicator description

STATUS When the FFU works normally, this indicator remains steady green.
When the FFU generates an alarm, this indicator goes red.
Specifications
Table 3-9 shows the specifications of the FFU.


Parameter Value
Typical power 2W
consumption

This chapter describes the features and functions of a switching network.
3.4.1 Introduction to the Switching Network

This section describes the principle of the SFU.
The switching network responsible for switching data between LPUs is a key component of the
NE40E. The NE40E uses the switching chips developed by Huawei and Memory-Crossbar-
Memory (M-C-M) to provide a three-level switching mode. Level-1 and level-3 switching adopts
the shared-memory model and is performed on LPUs; level-2 switching adopts the Crossbar
model and is performed on an SFU. Figure 3-16 shows the switching network of the NE40E.
The level-1 switching chip on one LPU is fully connected to all the level-2 switching chips on
the SFUs. The level-2 switching chips on the SFUs are also fully connected to the level-3
switching chip on another LPU. In addition, the level-2 crossbar switching chips work in load
balancing mode across multiple switching planes. The entire switching network is unblocked.
The following describes how data packets are transmitted across the switching network.
1. Data packets enter an LPU through physical interfaces and are fragmented into cells of a
fixed length. These cells are then sent to the level-1 switching chips. After being buffered
and scheduled, the cells enter the crossbar switching chips on the SFU. The level-1
switching chip on an LPU is fully connected with all of the level-2 switching chips on
SFUs. As a result, the same number of cells can be distributed to each level-2 switching
plane. This implements load balancing across switching planes and facilitates fault
tolerance.
2. After the cells reach the crossbar switching chips, the crossbar switching chips schedule
the cells to the corresponding outbound interfaces according to the destination interfaces
of the data packets. The cells are then sent to the level-3 switching chips on another LPU.
At this point, the switching of the cells by the level-2 switching chips is completed.
3. After the cells reach the level-3 switching chips on another LPU, the system searches for
the destination interfaces. Once found, the cells are reassembled and sent out through
physical interfaces. At this point, the switching of the data packets is completed.

Figure 3-16 Switching network of the NE40E
SFU
Forwarding
Table
Memory Memory
Decision
Forwarding
Table
Crossbar
Memory Memory
Decision
Forwarding
Table
Memory Memory
Decision
LPU LPU
Reliability
The NE40E-X8 has three SFUs. Two SFUs are integrated on two SRUs. Another SFU, is a
separate SFU. These three SFUs work in 2+1 load balancing mode.The three SFUs load balance
services at the same time. When one SFU is faulty or being replaced, the other two SFUs
automatically take over its tasks to ensure normal delivery of services, thus improving system
reliability.
3.4.2 Switch Fabric Unit C(SFUI-200-C)
Appearance
Figure 3-17 shows the appearance of the Switch Fabric Unit C(SFUI-200-C).
Figure 3-17 Appearance of the SFUI-200-C

Panel
1. Ejector lever 2. ACT indicator 3. OFL button 4. OFL indicator
5. RUN indicator
Table 3-10 describes the buttons and indicators on the panel of the SFU.
Table 3-10 Buttons and indicators on the panel of the SFUI-200-C

LED Description
RUN Before the registration of the SFU: If the green indicator blinks twice each
second (2 Hz), the system is in the alarm state.
After the registration of the SFU: If the green indicator blinks once every two
seconds (0.5 Hz), the system is running normally.
ACT If the green indicator is on, it indicates that the SFU is working normally; if the
green indicator is off, it indicates that the SFU is faulty.
NOTE
The SFUI-200-C can be used only on the NE40E-X8.
3.4.3 CR5DSFUI407C
Appearance
As shown in Figure 3-19, the CR5DSFUI407C on the NE40E-X8 switches data for the entire
system at line speed of 480 Gbit/s (240 Gbit/s for the upstream traffic and 240 Gbit/s for the
downstream traffic). This ensures a non-blocked switching network.
The NE40E-X8 has three SFUs working in 2+1 load balancing mode. The entire system provides
a switching capacity at line speed of 1.44 Tbit/s.
The three SFUs load balance services at the same time. When one SFU is faulty or being replaced,
the other two SFUs automatically take over its tasks to ensure normal delivery of services.

Figure 3-19 Appearance of the SFU
Panel
1. Ejector lever 2. ACT indicator 3. OFL button 4. RUN indicator
5. OFL indicator
Table 3-11 describes the buttons and indicators on the panel of the SFU.
Table 3-11 Buttons and indicators on the panel of the SFU
LED Description
RUN Before the registration of the SFU: If the green indicator blinks twice each
second (2 Hz), the system is in the alarm state.
After the registration of the SFU: If the green indicator blinks once every two
seconds (0.5 Hz), the system is running normally.
ACT If the green indicator is on, it indicates that the SFU is working normally; if the
green indicator is off, it indicates that the SFU is faulty.
NOTE
The CR5DSFUI407C can be used only on the NE40E-X8.

3.5 Control Plane


This section describes the functions of the control plane.
The control plane of the NE40E is separated from the data plane and the monitoring plane. The
SRU is used by the NE40E-X8.
The SRU integrates an SFU used for data switching.

As the system control and management unit, the SRU provides the following functions on the
SRU for processing. In addition, the SRU broadcasts and filters packets, and downloads
l Outband communication between boards: The LAN switch modules integrated on the SRU
provide outband communications between boards. In this manner, messages can be
controlled, maintained, and exchanged between the boards.
the management interfaces (serial interfaces) provided by the SRU.
l Data configuration: The SRU stores configuration data, startup files, charging information,
l Data storage: The SRU provides two interfaces for CF cards, which serve as mass storage
System Clock Unit

As the system clock unit, the SRU provides accurate and reliable SDH clock signals for LPUs.
The SRU can provide three-channel 2.048-MHz synchronous clock signals for the downstream
devices, or receive 2.048-MHz or 2.048-Mbit/s external reference clock signals.
To support IEEE 1588v2, that is, the Precision Time Protocol (PTP), the SDH clock interface
can input time information in multiple formats by selecting specific software.

As the system maintenance unit, the SRU collects system monitoring information to test system
units locally or remotely, or implement in-service upgrading of system units.
The SRU periodically collects information about the operation of system units through the
Monitorbus. The SRU then generates related control information based on the collected
Through the joint test action group (JTAG) bus, the SRU remotely or locally tests system units,
or performs in-service upgrading of system units.

Reliability
The main control modules, clock modules, and LAN switch modules on the SRU work in 1:1
The two SRUs work in 1:1 backup mode. Each SRU monitors the status of the other. If the
master SRU is faulty, the slave SRU automatically takes over as the master SRU.
3.5.2 CR5D0SRUA570
Appearance
Figure 3-21 shows appearance of the CR5D0SRUA570 .
Figure 3-21 Appearance of the SRU
NOTE
Panel
indicator indicator

21. MGMT-ETH ACT

indicator
Table 3-12 describes the buttons and indicators on the SRU panel.
Table 3-12 Buttons and indicators on the panel of the SRU

Indicator/ Description
Button
OFL button To remove a board, you must press and hold the button for six seconds
until the OFL indicator turns on.
This button takes effect only on the slave SRU.
OFL indicator If the indicator is on, you can remove the board.
(red)
RUN indicator If the indicator blinks once every two seconds (0.5 Hz), the system is in
(green) the normal state.
If the indicator blinks twice each second (2 Hz), the system is in the
alarm state.
ALM indicator If the indicator is steady on, the system is in the alarm state.
(red) If the indicator is steady off, the system is in the normal state.
ACT active/ If the indicator is steady on, the SRU is in the active state.
standby indicator If the indicator is off, the SRU is in the standby state.
(green)
Reset button If you press the Reset button, you can reset the main control unit on the
SRU.
CF ACT indicator If the indicator is on, the CF is in position.

(green) If the indicator is blinking, data is being read or written.
CF OFL button If you press the CF OFL button, all operations on the CF card will be
ended and the CF card will be powered off.
SFP LINK/ACT If the indicator is steady on, the link is normal.

indicator (green) If the indicator is blinking, data is being transmitted.
MGMT-ETH If the indicator is steady on, the link is normal.

LINK indicator If the indicator is off, the link is Down.
(green) (on
Ethernet
interfaces)

Button
MGMT-ETH If the indicator is blinking, data is being transmitted.

ACT indicator If the indicator is off, no data is being transmitted.
(amber) (on
Ethernet network
interfaces)
Table 3-13 lists the interfaces on the SRU and their uses.
Table 3-13 Interfaces on the SRU and their uses
Interface Name Connector Description

Type
USB interface USB It is used to hold a USB disk to store data files
as a massive storage device.
CF card interface TYPE II It is used to hold a CF card to store data files as

(compatible a massive storage device.
with TYPE I)
CTL-ETH-SFP interface SFP It is not used and reserved for future capacity
(1000MBase-X) expansion.




CLK/TOD1 clock signals, or 2-channel DCLS clock signals.

signals, 2-MHz clock signals, or 1 PPS signals.

signals, 2-MHz clock signals, or RS232 signals.
NOTE
Bits2 includes 2 SMB ports, and the signal type can be set as 2Mbps/2Mhz/1PPS+RS232. When signal is
2Mbps/2Mhz, CLK/1PPS is fixed as input and CLK/Serial is fixed as output. When signal is 1PPS+RS232,
CLK/1PPS and CLK/Serial are bound together, CLK/1PPS signal type is 1PPS whereas CLK/Serial signal
type is RS232, and the setting of input/output apply to both SMB ports.


Connector type USB
Standard USB 2.0

compliance
Cable Standard USB cables

specification

Connector type SFP
Operation mode 1000 M fiber

compliance
Cable Single-mode or multi-mode fibers

specification
Table 3-16 lists the 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45 interface attributes.

Connector type RJ45

full-duplex modes

compliance
Mbit/s

Connector type RJ45
Electrical RS-232
attribute
Data equipment DCE (Data Circuit-terminating Equipment)

type

specification
Connector type RJ45
Electrical RS-232
attribute

type

specification
Table 3-19 lists the attributes of the external clock interface..
Connector type RJ45

specification

Standard G.703
compliance
3.5.3 CR5D0SRUA470
Appearance
CR5D0SRUA470 is used by the NE40E-X8.
Figure 3-23 shows appearance of the SRU.
NOTE
Panel

indicator indicator
21. MGMT-ETH ACT

indicator
Table 3-20 describes the buttons and indicators on the SRU panel.

Button
(red)
alarm state.
ACT active/ If the indicator is steady on, the SRU is in the active state.
standby indicator If the indicator is off, the SRU is in the standby state.
(green)
SRU.

SFP LINK/ACT If the indicator is steady on, the link is normal.

indicator (green) If the indicator is blinking, data is being transmitted.
MGMT-ETH If the indicator is steady on, the link is normal.

LINK indicator If the indicator is off, the link is Down.
(green) (on
Ethernet
interfaces)

Button
MGMT-ETH If the indicator is blinking, data is being transmitted.

ACT indicator If the indicator is off, no data is being transmitted.
(amber) (on
Ethernet network
interfaces)
Table 3-21 lists the interfaces on the SRU and their uses.
Table 3-21 Interfaces on the SRU and their uses

Type
USB interface USB It is used to hold a USB disk to store data files
as a massive storage device.
CF card interface TYPE II It is used to hold a CF card to store data files as

(compatible a massive storage device.
with TYPE I)
CTL-ETH-SFP interface SFP It is reserved for the use after capacity

(1000MBase-X) expansion.




CLK/TOD1 clock signals, or 2-channel DCLS clock signals.

signals, 2-MHz clock signals, or 1 PPS signals.

signals, 2-MHz clock signals, or RS232 signals.
NOTE
Bits2 includes 2 SMB ports, and the signal type can be set as 2Mbps/2Mhz/1PPS+RS232. When signal is
2Mbps/2Mhz, CLK/1PPS is fixed as input and CLK/Serial is fixed as output. When signal is 1PPS+RS232,
CLK/1PPS and CLK/Serial are bound together, CLK/1PPS signal type is 1PPS whereas CLK/Serial signal
type is RS232, and the setting of input/output apply to both SMB ports.


Connector type USB
Standard USB 2.0

compliance
Cable Standard USB cables

specification

Connector type SFP
Operation mode 1000 M fiber

compliance
Cable Single-mode or multi-mode fibers

specification
Table 3-24 lists the 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45 interface attributes.

Connector type RJ45

full-duplex modes

compliance
Mbit/s

Connector type RJ45
Electrical RS-232
attribute
Data equipment DCE (Data Circuit-terminating Equipment)

type

specification
Connector type RJ45
Electrical RS-232
attribute

type

specification
Table 3-27 lists the attributes of the external clock interface..
Connector type RJ45

specification

Standard G.703
compliance
3.5.4 CMU
The Centralized Monitoring Unit (CMU) controls fog, temperature, and humidity sensors.
Therefore, the CMU is the environment monitoring and management center for the chassis. The
CMU is composed of a sensor management module, a system control module, and a
communications module.
CMU Outline
Figure 3-25 shows the outline of the CMU.
Figure 3-25 CMU outline
Functions
l Detecting the alarms of the fog sensor
– A certain interface on the panel of the CMU can be connected to the fog sensor in the
cabinet or equipment room. In this manner, the CMU can detect the alarms of the fog
sensor. When detecting an alarm from the fog sensor, the device management IC on the
CMU sends the alarm to the device.
l Detecting the ambient temperature and humidity
– Certain interfaces on the panel of the CMU can be connected to the ambient temperature
and humidity sensors in the cabinet or equipment room. In this manner, the CMU can
detect the alarms of the ambient temperature and humidity sensors. When detecting an
alarm, the device management IC on the CMU sends the alarm to the device.
l Cabinet door control
– The CMU monitors the cabinet door (open or close) through magnetic detection and
sends signals to the device. In addition, the CMU supports remote unlocking so that you
can remotely instruct the CMU to allow or prohibit door opening.
l Alarm output
– The CMU provides two-level alarm output.
l Major-node alarm detection

– The CMU allows input of alarm detection signals from up to six major nodes to detect
whether the devices outside the chassis are normal.
l One RS-232 port and one RS-485 port
– The CMU provides an RS-232 serial port for you to search information about the CMU.
In addition, the CMU provides an RS-485 serial port to connect required devices. The
RS-485 port provided by the CMU can work in full duplex mode.
Panel Description
Figure 3-26 shows the outline of the panel.
Figure 3-26 Panel outline
Table 3-28 lists the functions of the indicators on the CMU panel.
Table 3-28 Description of the indicators on the CMU panel
RUN (green) This indicator indicates the running status of the CMU.
When the CMU runs normally, this indicator blinks at a frequency of
1 Hz. If the CMU has not started, this indicator blinks at a frequency
of 5 Hz.
ALM (red) This is an alarm indicator. If the CAN bus fails, this indicator blinks
at a low frequency.
Table 3-29 lists the purpose of every interface on the CMU panel.
Table 3-29 Interface purposes
Name Purpose
RS-232 This is a serial debugging port and can be connected to a serial port on
a PC.
RS-485 This is a serial port and works in full-duplex mode.
FOG12V This port can be connected to the "+" end of the fog sensor. The power
supply voltage of the fog sensor is 12 V.
FOG_IN This port can be connected to the "-" end of the fog sensor.

Name Purpose
input: 0 to 2.5 V)
input: 0 to 2.5 V)
OPEN1 Ports for double-level alarm output

COM is a public port. OPEN is always open; by default, OPEN is
COM1
disconnected from COM. CLOSE is always closed; by default, CLOSE
CLOSE1 is connected to COM.
When an alarm is generated, OPEN is connected to COM and CLOSE
OPEN2 is disconnected from COM.
COM2
CLOSE2
RE1+ Output for two relays
RE1-
RE2+
RE2-
IN0~IN6 Seven channels for the input of Boolean values
GND Board grounding
Specifications
Table 3-30 lists the specifications of the CMU.
Parameter Value
Typical power 3W
consumption
Heat dissipation 10 British Thermal Units (BTUs)/hour

This chapter describes the specifications of the chassis and boards.

3.6.1 Chassis Specification


Item Description
Dimensions (width x depth x 442 mm x 650 mm x 620 mm ( 17.40 in. x 25.59 in. x 24.41
height) in. )(chassis main body dimensions)
442 mm x 770 mm x 620 mm ( 17.40 in. x 30.31 in. x 24.41
in. )(chassis dimensions including the chassis's front and rear
assembly and cable racks)
Weight Empty 25.8 kg ( 56.89 lb )

chassis
Full 130 kg ( 286.65 lb )

configuratio
n(maximal)
DC input Rated -48 V

voltage voltage

voltage
range
AC input Maximum 90 V to 275 V AC

voltage voltage 175 V to 275 V AC(recommend)
range
System MTBF 22.41

reliability (year)
MTTR 0.5
(hour)

temperature
Remarks Limit of the temperature change rate: 30°C ( 86°F )/hour
Relative Long-term 5% RH to 85% RH, no coagulation

humidity

Item Description
NOTE
As shown in the table, "width" does not involve the dimensions of rack-mounting ears.
As shown in the table, "width" does not involve the dimensions of rack-mounting ears. The measurement point
of the temperature and humidity is 1.5 m ( 4.92 ft ) over the floor and 0.4 m ( 1.31 ft ) in front of the cabinet
without the front and back doors.
Short-term operation means that continuous operating time does not exceed 48 hours and accumulated operating
time per year does not exceed 15 days. If an operation exceeds either of these conditions, it is called a long-term
operation.

SRU SRUA5 SRUA
SRUA4 SRU
SFU SFU SFUI-200-C
SFU40C SFU
SPU SPU SPU
Flexible Card Versatile VSUF-10

Service Unit 10
Integrated Versatile Service VSUI-20-A

Unit 20 A

Processing Unit

POS-XFP Flexible Card




4-port OC-12c/STM-4c POS- FPIC-4xOC12-POS

SFP Flexible Card

SFP Flexible Card

SFP Flexible Card

SFP Flexible Card

4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM- FPIC-4xOC3-ATM

SFP Flexible Card
8-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC-8xGE

Flexible Card

Flexible Card A
2-Port Channelized OC-3c/ 2xcPOS/STM1-SFP

STM-1c POS-SFP Flexible
Card
24-Port Channelized E1/T1- 24xcE1/cT1-DB 100

DB100 Flexible Card
4-Port Clear Channel E3/ 4xE3/cT3-SMB

Channelized T3-SMB
Flexible Card
LPUS-20 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN- LPUS-20

XFP Line Processing Unit S 4×10GBase LAN/WAN
40-Port 100/1000Base-X- LPUS-20

SFP Line Processing Unit S 40×100/1000Base-SFP
40-Port 10/100/1000Base- LPUS-20

RJ45 Line Processing Unit S 40×10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45

Processing Unit (LPUF-21,2
sub-slots)
1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN- 1x10GBase LAN/WAN

XFP Flexible Card
1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN- 1x10GBase LAN/WAN-A

XFP-A Flexible Card

1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN- P20-1x10GBase LAN/WAN-

XFP-B Flexible Card XFP-B

XFP-E Flexible Card XFP-E

1000Base-X-SFP Flexible
Card
12-port 100/1000Base-SFP- 12x100/1000Base-SFP-A

A Flexible Card
12-port 100/1000Base-SFP P20-12xGE-SFP-B

Flexible Card B
10-port 1000Base-X-SFP P20-10xGE-SFP-E

Flexible Card E
12-port 10Base-T/100Base- 12x10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45

TX/1000Base-T Flexible
Card
1-port OC-192c/STM-64c 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-

POS-XFP Flexible Card XFP

XFP Flexible Card
40-port 10Base-T/100Base- 40x10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45

TX/1000Base-T Flexible
Card

1000Base-X-SFP Flexible
Card

XFP+20-port 100/1000Base- XFP-20xFE/GE-SFP
X SFP Flexible Card
LPUF-40 Flexible Card Line LPUF-40–A

Processing Unit (LPUF-40,2 LPUF-40–B
sub-slots)
20-port 100/1000Base-X SFP P40-20xFE/GE-SFP

Flexible Card
20-port 100/1000Base-X- P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-A

SFP Flexible Card A

XFP Flexible Card XFP


XFP Flexible Card A XFP-A
20-port 100/1000Base-X- P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-B

SFP Flexible Card B

XFP Flexible Card B XFP-B
20-Port 10/100/1000Base- P40–20 x FE/GE-RJ45

RJ45 Flexible Card
4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN- P40–4x10GBase LAN/WAN–

LPUI-40 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN- LPUI-40

XFP Integrated Line 4×10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
Processing Unit
40-Port 100/1000Base-X- LPUI-40

SFP Integrated Line 40×FE/GE-SFP
Processing Unit

Processing Unit
4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN- LPUI-41

Processing Unit

SFP Integrated Line 48xFE/GE-SFP
Processing Unit

XFP+24-Port 100/1000Base- 2x10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP–
X-SFP Integrated Line 24xFE/GE-SFP
Processing Unit

XFP Integrated Line 4×10GBase LAN/WAN-
Processing Unit XFP-1588v2
(LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)

SFP Integrated Line 40×FE/GE-SFP-1588v2
Processing Unit
(LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)


XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base- 2x10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP–
X-SFP Integrated Line 20xFE/GE-SFP-1588v2
Processing Unit
(LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)

XFP Line Processing Unit S 8×10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN- LPUS-41

48-Port 100/1000Base-X- LPUS-41

SFP Line Processing Unit S 48×FE/GE-SFP

Processing Unit
5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN- P100–5x10GBase LAN/WAN-

XFP Flexible Card B XFP-1588v2
(Supporting1588v2)
24-Port 100/1000Base-X- P100-24×FE/GE-SFP

SFP Flexible Card
(P100,Occupy two sub-slots)
48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP P100–48 x FE/GE-CSFP

Flexible Card

WAN-XFP Integrated Line 10×10GBase LAN/WAN-
Processing Unit XFP-1588v2
(LPUI-100,Supporting
1588v2)
16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ LPUI-100

Integrated Line Processing 16×10GBase LAN-SFP+
Unit

About This Chapter
This chapter describes the device structure, power supply and heat dissipation system.
4.1 Overview
system.
4.4 Control Plane

4.1 Overview

The NE40E-X3 adopts a centralized routing engine and a distributed forwarding architecture.
The NE40E-X3 has two types of chassis, namely, the DC chassis and the AC chassis. Figure
4-1 shows the DC chassis and Figure 4-2 shows the AC chassis.
The NE40E-X3 has three LPU slots. Each slot supports 40-Gbit/s upstream traffic and 40-Gbit/
s downstream traffic. The switching capacity is 1.08 Tbit/s.
Figure 4-1 Appearance of the NE40E-X3 DC chassis
Figure 4-2 Appearance of the NE40E-X3 AC chassis


l Distributed hardware-based forwarding

l Separation of control channels and service channels to ensure non-blocking control
channels
l Hot swappable boards, power modules, and fans
l MPUs in 1:1 backup mode
buses
l Protection against incorrect insertion of boards
power supply

Item Typical Remarks

Configuration
Processing unit Dominant -

frequency: 1 GHz
BootROM 1 MB -
SDRAM 2 GB -
NVRAM 512 KB -
Flash 32 MB -
CF card 2 GB Two 1 GB CF cards.
Interface capacity 240 Gbit/s -

(bidirectional)
Number of LPU slots 3 The slots are for LPUs (optional).
Number of MPU slots 2 -



The NE40E-X3 has an integrated chassis with main components which all support hot swapping.
Figure 4-3 shows the components of the NE40E-X3 DC chassis. Figure 4-4 shows the
components of the AC chassis..
Figure 4-3 Components of the NE40E-X3 DC chassis
1. Air intake vent 2. Rack-mounting ear 3. LPU 4. Cabling rack
5. MPU 6. Fan 7. Power module 8. Air filter

Figure 4-4 Components of the NE40E-X3 AC chassis
1. Air intake vent 2. Rack-mounting ear 3. LPU 4. Power module
5. Cabling rack 6. MPU 7. Fan 8. Air filter

MPU 4 MPU 5
LPU 3
LPU 2
LPU 1


Number ity
4 to 5 2 41 mm (1.6 inches) These slots hold MPUs that work in 1:1

backup mode.

This chapter describes the power supply system of the NE40E-X3.

Power modules convert the input voltage into -48 V DC voltage to supply power for the entire
system. The power dupply system has the following features:
l The power supply system consists of two AC power modules or two DC power modules
working in 1+1 backup mode.
l Both AC power modules and DC power modules support alarm functions. DC power
modules support I2C communications and AC power modules support RS485
communications.
4.2.2 Diagram of the Power Supply System

This section describes power supply system of the NE40E-X8.
Two AC power modules or two DC power modules work in 1+1 backup mode to improve the
reliability of power supply. Figure 4-6 shows the diagram of the power supply system.
Figure 4-6 Diagram of the DC power supply system

Boards
MPU 4 MPU 5
PEM 1 LPU 3
Backplane
PEM 2 LPU 2
LPU 1
FAN

supply module.

The PEM of the NE40E-X3 is 1 U, as shown in Figure 4-7.
Figure 4-7 Appearance of the PEM
Figure 4-8 shows the panel of PEM on the NE40E-X3.
Figure 4-8 Appearance of the panel on the PEM
The indicator colors are displayed on the NE40E-X3's PEM through LED. Table 4-3 describes
the indicators.
RUN Green It indicates the running status. If it is steady on, it indicates

that the power module is running normally.
ALM Red It indicates power failure. If it is steady on:

l Lightning-proof circuits on the power module become
faulty.
l One of the power modules does not have input power.
The following is the introduction to the PEM.
The PEM of the NE40E-X3 has one straight-through power input that provides the following
functions:
l Surge protection, filtering, and short circuit protection

l Alarm function
Table 4-4 lists the technical parameters of the PEM.


in. x 7.48 in. )
Output current 42 A

supply module.
The AC power module of the NE40E-X3 as shown in Figure 4-9.
Figure 4-9 Appearance of the AC power module
Figure 4-10 shows the panel of the AC power module on the NE40E-X3.
Figure 4-10 Appearance of the panel on the AC power module of the NE40E-X3
Table 4-5 describes the indicators on the AC power module.

Table 4-5 Description of the indicators on the AC power module

RUN Green It indicates the running status. If it is steady on, the

power module is working normally.
ALARM Amber It indicates alarms. If it is on, a recoverable fault

occurs on the power module.
l If it is blinking, the communication is cut off.
l If it is steady on, faults occur, such as overvoltage
or undervoltage of input power or overcurrent.
FAULT Red It indicates a fault. If it is steady on, an unrecoverable

fault occurs on the power module. For example, fans
become faulty, no current is output, or output current
is short circuited.
The AC power module provides the following functions:

l Protection against overcurrent of output power
l Protection against overvoltage of output power
l Protection against short circuit
l Alarm functions

Dimensions (width x depth x 40 mm x 116 mm x 208 mm ( 1.57 in. x 4.57 in. x 8.19 in. )
height)
Input voltage range 90 VAC to 275 VAC

175 VAC to 275 VAC (recommend)
Output voltage -53.3V
Maximum output current -53.3V/30A
Maximum output power 1600 W

system.


The NE40E-X3 draws in air from the left and exhausts air from the rear. The air intake vent is
located at the left side of the chassis and the air exhaust vent is located at the rear of the chassis.
The fan module of the NE40E-X3 is located at the air exhaust vent. The system draws in air for
heat dissipation, as shown in Figure 4-11 and Figure 4-12.
Figure 4-11 Air flow in the NE40E-X3 DC chassis
Figure 4-12 Air flow in the NE40E-X3 AC chassis
The heat dissipation system consists of the following components:
l One fan module

l An air intake vent and an air exhaust vent
l An air filter
l Fans on power modules


An air filter is installed over the air intake vent of the NE40E-X3. The air filter has a curved
efficiency.
4.3.3 Fan Module

The fan modules, which are located at the rear of the NE40E-X3, performs heat dissipation and
ventilation for the entire system.
The fan module of the NE40E-X3 consists of a fan frame, two fans, and a Fan Control Board
(FCB), as shown in Figure 4-13. When a single fan fails, the system can still work normally for
a short period of time at ambient temperature of 40°C ( 104°F ).
Figure 4-13 Appearance of the NE40E-X3 fan module
Figure 4-14 shows the fan module panel of the NE40E-X3.
Figure 4-14 NE40E-X3 fan module panel
Table 4-7 describes the indicators on the panel of the fan module.

Table 4-7 Descriptions of the indicators on the panel of the fan module
STATUS Green If the indicator blinks, the fan module is

working normally.
Red If the indicator blinks, the fan module or

PEM is faulty.
Dimensions (width x depth x height) 160 mm x 108 mm x 213 mm ( 6.30 in. x 4.25
in. x 8.39 in. )
Maximum wind pressure 700 Pa
Maximum wind rate 850 m3/h ( 51870145 in.3/h )
Maximum noise 78 dB
4.3.4 Air Filter

The air filter of the NE40E-X3 is located on the left rear of the chassis, as shown in Figure
4-15.
Figure 4-15 Air filter on the NE40E-X3 air intake frame
NOTE
The air filter of the NE40E-X3 can be bent, which facilitates the maintenance within a limited space in the rear
of the chassis.


LPUs and MPUs serve as the basis for fan speed adjustment. General principles are listed below:
Ambient Rotational Noise and Dissipation Standards

Temperat Speed
ure
-5°C–+27° Low speed (45% When fans rotate at a constantly low speed, the noises
C ( 23°F – Pulse Width meet the ETSI standard and the fans meet heat dissipation
80.6°F ) Modulation requirements of a fully configured system.
(PWM) and 55%
rotational speed)
C ( 80.6°F without a sharp increase in noises.
–113°F)
Over 45°C High speed (100% Fans rotate at high speed to meet heat dissipation
( 113°F ) Pulse Width requirements.
Modulation
(PWM) and 100%
rotational speed)
4.4 Control Plane


The MPU of the NE40E-X3 controls and manages the system and switches data. The MPUs
work in 1+1 backup mode. The MPU consists of the main control unit, switching unit, system
clock unit, synchronous clock unit, and system maintenance unit. The functions of the MPU are
described from the following aspects.

As the system control and management unit, the MPU provides the following functions on the
MPU for processing. In addition, the MPU broadcasts and filters packets, and downloads
l Outband communication between boards: The LAN switch modules integrated on the MPU
provide outband communications between boards. In this manner, communications
between MPUs, LPUs, and SFUs are controlled and maintained, and messages can be
exchanged.
the management interfaces (serial interfaces) provided by the MPU.

l Data configuration: The MPU stores configuration data, startup files, charging information,
l Data storage: The MPU provides two interfaces for CF cards, which serve as mass storage
System Clock Unit

As the system clock unit, the MPU provides accurate and reliable SDH clock signals for LPUs.
The MPU can provide two-channel 2.048-MHz synchronous clock signals for the downstream
devices, or receive 2.048-MHz or 2.048-Mbit/s external reference clock signals. In addition, the
MPU provides two time interfaces to support 1PPS+ASCII or 2 x DCLS time signals.

As the system maintenance unit, the MPU collects monitored information to test system units
locally or remotely, or implements in-service upgrading of system units.
The MPU periodically collects information about the operation of system units through the
Monitorbus. The MPU then generates related control information based on the collected
Through the joint test action group (JTAG) bus, the MPU remotely or locally tests system units,
or performs in-service upgrading of system units.
Reliability
The main control modules, clock modules, and LAN switch modules on the MPU work in 1:1
The two MPUs work in 1:1 backup mode. Each MPU monitors the status of the other. If the
master MPU is faulty, the slave MPU automatically takes over as the master MPU.
4.4.2 CR52-MPUD
Appearance
Figure 4-16 shows the appearance of the MPU.
Figure 4-16 Appearance of the MPU

NOTE
The CF card is not hot swappable. In this document, the equipment exterior is for reference only. The actual
equipment may differ from what is shown in the figures.
MPU Panel
1. Ejector lever 2. BITS0 3. BITS1 4. ETH0
5. CF OFL button 6. CF indicator 7. CF card slot 8. Reset button
9. OFL button 10. OFL indicator 11. ACT indicator 12. ALM indicator
13. RUN indicator 14. Console 15. AUX interface
Table 4-9 describes the buttons and indicators on the MPU panel.
Table 4-9 Buttons and indicators on the MPU panel
Button
Note:
(red)
(green) the normal state. If the indicator blinks twice each second (2 Hz), the
system is in the alarm state.
ACT active/ If the indicator is on, the MPU is in the active state.
standby indicator If the indicator is off, the MPU is in the standby state.
(green)

Button
Reset button The button is used for resetting the MPU. Press the Reset button, and
you can reset the MPU.

LINK indicator If the indicator is steady on, the link is normal.

(green) (on the If the indicator is off, the link is Down.
Ethernet
interface)
ACT indicator If the indicator is blinking, data is being transmitted.

(amber) (on If the indicator is off, no data is being transmitted.
Ethernet
interfaces)
Table 4-10 describes the interfaces on the MPU and their uses.
Table 4-10 Interfaces on the MPU and their uses

Type
Eth0 (10M/100M/ RJ45 It connects to the NMS workstation and has LINK and
1000M Base-TX ACT indicators.
auto-sensing)
Console interface RJ45 It connects to the console for on-site configuration of

the system.
AUX interface RJ45 It connects to the Modem for remote maintenance

through dialing.
CF card interface TYPE II It is used to hold a CF card to store data files as a

standard massive storage device.
(compatible
with TYPE I
standard)
BITS0 interface RJ45 External synchronous clock/time interface
BITS1 interface RJ45 External synchronous clock/time interface
Table 4-11 lists the attributes of the 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45 interfaces.

Connector type RJ45

full-duplex modes

compliance
Mbit/s
Connector type RJ45
Electrical RS-232
attribute
Data equipment Data Circuit-terminating Equipment (DCE)

type

specification
Connector type RJ45
Electrical RS-232
attribute


type

specification
Table 4-14 lists the attributes of the external clock interface.
Connector type RJ45
Cable Common network cables or shielded network cables

specification
Standard G.703 and TIA/EIA-422-B

compliance


Item Description
Dimensions (width x depth x height) DC chassis: 442 mm x 650 mm x 175 mm ( 17.40 in.
x 25.59 in. x 6.89 in. )(chassis main body dimensions)
442 mm x 750 mm x 175 mm (17.40 in. x 29.53 in. x
AC chassis: 442 mm x 650 mm x 220 mm ( 17.40 in.
x 25.59 in. x 8.66 in. )(chassis main body dimensions)
442 mm x 750 mm x 220 mm (17.40 in. x 29.53 in. x

Item Description
Weight Empty chassis DC chassis: 12 kg ( 26.46 lb )

AC chassis: 20 kg ( 44.1 lb )
Full DC chassis:
configuration l 36kg ( 79.38 lb )(with LPUF-21)
(maximal)
l 41kg ( 90.41 lb )(with LPUF-40)
AC chassis:
l 46kg ( 101.43 lb )(with LPUF-21)
l 51kg ( 112.46 lb )(with LPUF-40)
DC input Rated voltage -48 V

voltage
voltage range
AC input Maximum 90 V to 275 V AC

voltage voltage range 175 V to 275 V AC(recommend)
System MTBF (year) 22.78

reliability
MTTR (hour) 0.5

temperature
Relative Long-term 5% RH to 85% RH, no coagulation

humidity
NOTE
The measurement point of the temperature and humidity is 1.5 m ( 4.92 ft ) over the floor and 0.4 m ( 1.31 ft )
in front of the cabinet without the front and back doors.
Short-term operation means that continuous operating time does not exceed 48 hours and accumulated operating
time per year does not exceed 15 days. If an operation exceeds either of these conditions, it is called a long-term
operation.



MPU MPU MPU
SPU SPU SPU
Flexible Card Versatile Service VSUF-10

Unit 10
Integrated Versatile Service VSUI-20-A

Unit 20 A
LPUF-10 Flexible Card Line Processing LPUF-10

Unit (LPUF-10,four slots)
1-Port OC-192c/STM-64c POS- FPIC-1xOC192-POS

XFP Flexible Card

SFP Flexible Card

SFP Flexible Card

SFP Flexible Card

SFP Flexible Card

SFP Flexible Card
4-port OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC-4xOC3-POS

Flexible Card
8-port OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC-8xOC3-POS

Flexible Card

SFP Flexible Card

SFP Flexible Card
8-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC-8xGE

Flexible Card
8-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible P10-8xFE/GE-SFP-A

Card A
2-Port Channelized OC-3c/ 2xcPOS/STM1-SFP

STM-1c POS-SFP Flexible Card
24-Port Channelized E1/T1- 24xcE1/cT1-DB 100

DB100 Flexible Card

4-Port Clear Channel E3/ 4xE3/cT3-SMB

Channelized T3-SMB Flexible
Card

Unit (LPUF-21,2 sub-slots)

XFP Flexible Card
1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN- 1x10GBase LAN/WAN-A

XFP-A Flexible Card

XFP-B Flexible Card XFP-B

XFP-E Flexible Card XFP-E
12-port 100Base-FX/1000Base- 12x100/1000Base-SFP

X-SFP Flexible Card
12-port 100/1000Base-SFP-A 12x100/1000Base-SFP-A

Flexible Card
12-port 100/1000Base-SFP P20-12xGE-SFP-B

Flexible Card B
10-port 1000Base-X-SFP P20-10xGE-SFP-E

Flexible Card E
12-port 10Base-T/100Base-TX/ 12x10/100/1000Base-TX-

1000Base-T Flexible Card RJ45
1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS- 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c

XFP Flexible Card POS-XFP

XFP Flexible Card
40-port 10Base-T/100Base-TX/ 40x10/100/1000Base-TX-

1000Base-T Flexible Card RJ45
40-port 100Base-FX/1000Base- 40x100/1000Base-SFP

X-SFP Flexible Card

XFP+20-port 100/1000Base-X XFP-20xFE/GE-SFP
SFP Flexible Card

XFP Line Processing Unit S 4×10GBase LAN/WAN
40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUS-20

Line Processing Unit S 40×100/1000Base-SFP

40-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 LPUS-20

Line Processing Unit S 40×10/100/1000Base-TX-
RJ45

Unit (LPUF-40,2 sub-slots)
20-port 100/1000Base-X SFP P40-20xFE/GE-SFP

Flexible Card
20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-A

Flexible Card A


XFP Flexible Card A XFP-A
20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-B

Flexible Card B

XFP Flexible Card B XFP-B
20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 P40–20 x FE/GE-RJ45

Flexible Card
4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN- P40–4x10GBase LAN/

XFP Flexible Card WAN–XFP

XFP Integrated Line Processing 4×10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
Unit
40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUI-40

Integrated Line Processing Unit 40×FE/GE-SFP

Unit

Unit

Integrated Line Processing Unit 48xFE/GE-SFP

XFP+24-Port 100/1000Base-X- 2x10GBase LAN/WAN–
SFP Integrated Line Processing XFP–20xFE/GE-SFP
Unit


XFP Integrated Line Processing 4×10GBase LAN/WAN-
Unit (LPUI-41,Supporting XFP-1588V2
1588v2)

Integrated Line Processing Unit 40×FE/GE-SFP-1588V2
(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)

XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-X- 2x10GBase LAN/WAN–
SFP Integrated Line Processing XFP–20xFE/GE-
Unit SFP-1588V2

4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN- LPUS-41

48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUS-41

Line Processing Unit S 40×FE/GE-SFP

Hardware Description 5 NE40E-8 Chassis Overview
5 NE40E-8 Chassis Overview
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the device structure, power supply and heat dissipation system of the
NE40E-8.
5.1 Overview
This section describes the features of the NE40E-8
5.2 Power Supply
This section describes the basic contents of the power module.
This section describes the components of the heat dissipation system of the NE40E-8.
5.4 SFU
This section describes the functions of the Switch Fabric Unit (SFU).
5.5 SRU
This section describes the functions of the SRU.

5.1 Overview
This section describes the features of the NE40E-8
The NE40E-8 has a powerful monitoring system. The Main Processing Unit (MPU) on the
Switch and Route Processing Unit (SRU) implements the management and maintenance of the
entire system. The MPU can manage, monitor, and maintain the boards, fans, and power
distribution and clock modules.
The NE40E completely meets the requirements for Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC). The
entire system adopts the modular design. Every handle is made of steel sheet to isolate the
electromagnetic wave of boards.
You must install filler panels into the empty slots on the chassis and on the motherboard, and
tighten the screws or close the card fastener. In this manner, the entire system implements
chassis-level shielding, and the requirements on EMC and ventilation and dissipation of the
entire system can be met.
5.1.1 Device Structure

This section describes the appearance and structure of the NE40E-8.
Appearance of theNE40E-8
Dimensions of the NE40E-8 are 442 mm x 669 mm x 886.2 mm ( 17.40 in. x 26.34 in. x 34.89
in. )(width x depth x height).Figure 5-1 shows the appearance of the NE40E-8.

Figure 5-1 Appearance of the NE40E-8
Structure of the NE40E-8

Figure 5-2 shows the main components of the NE40E-8.

Figure 5-2 Main components of the NE40E-8
1. Plastic panel of the FAN module 2. Fan module 3. Board cage 4. Air intake frame
5. Plastic panel of the power supply module 6. Power supply module 7. Handle 8. Mounting ear
9. Cabling rack
Table 5-1 describes the system configuration data.
Table 5-1 System configuration data list of the NE40E-8
Processing capacity of Dominant frequency: 1 GHz -

the CPU on the SRU

BootROM capacity of 1 MB -
the SRU
SDRAM capacity of 1 GB Can be expanded to 2 GB.

the SRU
NVRAM 512 KB -
CF card 512 MB CF cards with different capacities

can be configured. Can be used as
a massive storage device for
storing data files.
There are two CF cards on the
SRU.
Switching capacity 640 Gbit/s -
Interface capacity 320 Gbit/s -
Number of LPU slots 8 LPUs are optional.
Number of SRU/MPU 2 SRUs/MPUs work in 1:1 backup

slots mode.
Number of SFU slots 2 SFUs work in 3+1 load balancing

mode with the two SFU modules
integrated into the SRU.
Maximum interface 10 Gbit/s -

rate per LPU
NOTE
l BootROM refers to Boot Read Only Memory and it stores bootstraps used during the startup.
l Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (SDRAM) stores the communication data of the
components and CPU.
l Non-Volatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM) is an important storage medium. It stores
configuration files and information about the status of the running system.
5.2 Power Supply

This section describes the basic contents of the power module.
The NE40E-8 support DC power input and AC power input. The power module of the NE40E
includes:
l DC-DC convertor
l AC-DC power module

DANGER
The DC-DC convertor and the AC-DC power module cannot be used together on the same
device.
Do not operate the power module when it is powered on.
Power modules of the NE40E-8 support hot swap and 1+1 backup.
Special slots are prepared for power modules of the NE40E-8 . The power modules are at the
bottom of the chassis and covered by a plastic panel for preventing dust.
5.2.1 DC Power Supply Module

supply module.
Appearance
Figure 5-3 shows the DC power supply module on the NE40E-8.
Figure 5-3 Appearance of DC power module on the NE40E-8
Front Panel
Figure 5-4 shows the front panel of the DC power supply module on the NE40E-8.

Figure 5-4 Front panel of the DC power supply module and its components
The indicators of the NE40E-8's power supply module are visible on the plastic panel through
light pipes.Table 5-2 describes the indicators.
Table 5-2 Description of the indicators of the DC power supply module

PWR IN Green Indicates normal power input. If the indicator is on, it implies
an input in the primary line.
PWR OUT Green Indicates normal power output. If the indicator is on, the
outputs of the primary and the secondary lines are normal.
ALM Red Indicates power failure. If the indicator is on, the power
module has one of the following faults:
l The output in the primary line is abnormal. This includes
less than the under-voltage value (-34 V DC to -30 V DC),
or greater than the over-voltage value (-80 V DC to -78
V DC).
l The secondary power output is abnormal, like the power
fan fault, the overheated power module, and the lightning
prevention circuit fault.
NOTE
l The primary line supplies power for the NE40E system and boards.
l The secondary line supplies power for the fan module.
Figure 5-5 shows the plastic panel of the power module on the NE40E-8.

Figure 5-5 Plastic panel of the power module on the NE40E-8
Table 5-3 shows the connection between the DC power cable and the terminal.
Table 5-3 Connection between the DC power cable and the terminal
Terminal Cable Color Connected Terminal
Identifier
RTN (+) Power ground cable Black JG dual-hole crimp terminal
NEG (-) Power cable Blue
PGND Protection ground Yellow and Not necessary to connect

cable green
NOTE
l RTN: Return
l NEG: Negative
l PGND: Protection Ground
Functions
The power supply of the NE40E-8 have a primary straight-through output and a secondary
regulated voltage of -48 V DC output.
The power supply provides the following functions:
l The primary straight-through power provides protection against short circuits.
l The secondary regulated power provides protection against output over-current, output
over-voltage, and short circuits. It also supports alarm functions.
Technical Parameters
Table 5-4 lists the technical parameters of the DC power supply module.

Table 5-4 Technical parameters of the DC power supply module

Dimensions (width x depth x 184 mm x 450 mm x 127 mm ( 7.24 in. x 17.72 in. x 5.00
height) in. )
Weight About 9 kg ( 19.85 lb )
Input voltage -38 V DC to -72 V DC
Output current Active 75 A
Standby 5A
Rated current of the air switch 100 A
5.2.2 AC Power Supply Module

This section describes the appearance, functions, and technical parameters of the AC power
supply module.
Outline
Figure 5-6 shows the appearance of the power module.
Figure 5-6 Appearance of the AC power supply module
Front Panel
Figure 5-7 shows the front panel of the AC power supply module on the NE40E-8.

Figure 5-7 Front panel of the AC power supply module
The indicators of NE40E-8's power supply module are visible on the plastic panel through light
pipes.Table 5-5 describes the indicators.
Table 5-5 Description of the indicators of the AC power supply module
PWR IN Green Indicates normal power input. If the indicator is on, there is an
input in the primary line.
PWR OUT Green Indicates normal power output. If the indicator is on, the outputs
of the primary and secondary lines are normal.
ALM Red Indicates power failure. If the indicator is on, the power module
has one of the following faults:
l The power input is abnormal.
l The power output is abnormal (such as over-voltage or short
circuit).
l The fan of the power module fails.
l The power module is overheated.
Figure 5-8 shows the plastic panel of the power module of the NE40E-8.
Figure 5-8 Plastic panel of the power module of the NE40E-8

Table 5-6 shows the connection relationship between the AC power cable and the terminal.
Table 5-6 Connection relationship between the AC power cable and the terminal
Terminal Identifier Cable Color Connected Terminal
L Live line Brown OT bare crimping terminal
N Neutral line Blue
E Earth line Yellow and green
Functions
The AC power supply module provides the following functions:
l Protecting against output over-current

l Protecting against output over-voltage
l Protecting against short circuit
l Supporting the alarm function
Technical Parameters
Table 5-7 shows the technical parameters of the AC power supply module.
Dimensions (width x depth x height) 184 mm x 450 mm x 127 mm ( 7.24 in. x 17.72
in. x 5.00 in. )
Weight About 9 kg ( 19.85 lb )
Input voltage 175 VAC to 275 VAC
Output voltage -48 V DC
Maximum output current -48V/62.5A
Capacity for user's air circuit breaker in 25 A ( 16 A, Vin = 220 V AC )

power distribution

This section describes the components of the heat dissipation system of the NE40E-8.

CAUTION
The weight of the fan frame of NE40E-8 is 5 kg ( 11.03 lb ), and the depth is 520 mm ( 20.47
in. ). Be careful when removing a fan module to prevent causing injuries to the human body or
damages to the fan module.
The heat dissipation system of the NE40E-8 consists of the following components:
l Fan modules
l Air intake frame
l Fans built in the power supply module
l Air filters
Figure 5-9 shows the air flow inside the NE40E-8.
Figure 5-9 Air flow inside the NE40E-8
5.3.1 Appearance of the Fan Module
The fan module of the NE40E-8 is located behind a plastic panel and is used to cool boards.
The fan module consists of a fan frame, nine fans, and a Fan Control Board (FCB). Figure
5-10 shows the appearance of the fan module. When a single fan fails, the system can still work
normally for a short period of time at ambient temperature of 40°C ( 104°F ).

Figure 5-10 Appearance of the fan module
5.3.2 Front Panel

The indicators of the fan module are on the front panel. Figure 5-11 shows the front panel of
the fan module. Figure 5-12 shows the plastic panel of the NE40E-8 fan module.
Figure 5-11 Front panel of the fan module on the NE40E-8
Figure 5-12 Plastic panel of the fan module on the NE40E-8
Table 5-8 shows the indicators of the fan module on the plastic panel.
Table 5-8 Description of the indicators of the NE40E-8 fan module
Name Color Description
RUN Green If this indicator blinks at a frequency of 1 Hz, the fan module is
working normally.
ALM Red If this indicator is on, the FAN is working abnormally.

NOTE
When the FCB fails, the fan board cannot receive the speed regulation or control signal. Thus, The fan
board operates at full speed and the alarm indicator is turned on.
5.3.3 Air Filter

The air filters and the fan modules are located separately. The NE40E-8 has two air filters. One
is located behind the plastic panel of the air intake frame, and the other is behind the plastic
panel of the power supply. Figure 5-13 shows the air filter on the air intake frame.
Figure 5-13 Air filter on the air intake frame
Refer to the Parts Replacement to replace and clean the air filter.
5.3.4 Functions of the FCB

This section describes the functions of the FCB.
The FCB controls the fan speed, and reduces system noise while dissipating heat. The functions
of the FCB are as follows:
l Controlling the fan module and reporting the status of and fault information about the
module
l Communicating with the main Monitorbus of the master MPU/SRU through the bus
interface in a Control Area Network (CAN)
l Detecting whether the fan module is installed and identifying the fan module
l Controlling the indicator of the fan module
l Collecting the temperature around the air exhaust vent through the built-in temperature
sensor
l Detecting the rotating speed of fans
l Adjusting and detecting the operation speed of fans within a range of 50% to 100%
5.3.5 Technical Parameters

This section describes the technical parameters of the fan module.

Technical parameters of the fan module are shown in Table 5-9.
Dimensions (width x depth x 410 mm x 520 mm x 44.45 mm (16.14 in. x 20.47 in. x
height) 1.75 in. )
Weight 7.2 kg ( 15.89 lb )
Power consumption (typical 144 W

value)
Maximum blast pressure 200 Pa
Maximum blast volume 2970 m3/h ( 170256123 in.3/h )
Maximum noise 65 dB
5.4 SFU
This section describes the functions of the Switch Fabric Unit (SFU).
The SFU supports fast data exchange for the system, and works in 3+1 load balancing mode.
The SFUs support traffic switching at line speed of 640 Gbit/s (160 Gbit/s x 4).
An SFU consists of the following units:
l Power unit
It provides power for the SFU.
l Crossbar unit
The crossbar unit, which provides large-capacity cross connection capability, connects all
LPUs, and supports arbitration.
l Monitoring unit
It detects the voltage and temperature. It can also provide protection against overvoltage,
overcurrent, and overheat.
l Central processing unit (CPU)
It performs the configuration and maintenance of the MPU.
On the NE40E, two SFUs are independent and another two SFUs are integrated on the SRUs.
5.4.1 Overview
As the switching unit of the NE40E-8, the SFUs, with high-speed ASIC chips, use the non-
blocking switching structure to exchange data. The two independent SFUs and another two SFUs
integrated on the SRUs perform load balancing in 3+1 backup mode for switching traffic at line
speed of 640 Gbit/s.
Figure 5-14 shows the appearance of the SFU.

Figure 5-14 Appearance of the SFU
5.4.2 Features and Functions
Functions
As the switching unit of the NE40E, the SFU switches service data for the system.
The SFU has a control channel to detect the voltage and temperature and provides protection
against overvoltage and overheat. The SFU also supports power-on and power-off of the power
module manually or through commands.
Reliability
The SFUs operate in 3+1 backup mode. When an SFU is faulty or replaced, the remaining three
SFUs automatically perform load balancing without interrupting services.
5.4.3 Panel
Panel Appearance
Figure 5-15 shows the appearance of the SFU panel.
Figure 5-15 Appearance of the SFU panel
Buttons and Indicators on the Panel

Table 5-10 lists the buttons and indicators on the panel of the SFU.

Table 5-10 Buttons and indicators on the panel of the SFU

Component Description
OFL button An offline button. Before removing a board, press and hold the
OFL button for about six seconds till the OFL indicator is on.
RUN indicator l If the indicator blinks once every two seconds (0.5 Hz), the SFU
(green) is in the normal state.
l If the indicator blinks twice each second (2 Hz), the SFU is in the
alarm state.
ACT active/standby l If the indicator is on, the SFU is in the normal state.
indicator (green) l If the indicator is off, the SFU is in the abnormal state.
5.4.4 Technical Specifications

Table 5-11 lists the technical specifications of the SFU.
Table 5-11 Technical specifications of the SFU

Item Specification
Silkscreen of the board name SFU
Weight 1.65 kg ( 3.64 lb )
Dimensions (width x depth x height) 35 mm x 520 mm x 190 mm ( 1.38 in. x 20.47 in. x
7.48 in. )
Switching capacity 160 Gbit/s

NOTE
For descriptions of the memory, refer to the appendix "Glossary & Acronyms and Abbreviations."
5.5 SRU
This section describes the functions of the SRU.
5.5.1 Overview
As the main control unit of the NE40E, the SRU controls and manages the system and exchanges
data. The NE40E provides two SRUs. The SRUs work in 1:1 backup mode. An SRU consists
of the main control unit, switching unit, clock unit, synchronous switching clock unit, and system
maintenance unit.

There are two CF cards on the SRU: One is located on the PCB, and the other is located on the
panel.
Figure 5-16 shows the appearance of the SRU.
Figure 5-17 shows the appearance of an SRU that supports the 1588v2 protocol.
5.5.2 Features and Functions
Core Unit for System Control and Management

As the core unit for system control and management, the SRU provides the following functions
of the control plane of the system:
l Route calculation
All protocol packets are sent by the forwarding engine to the SRU. The SRU broadcasts
and filters protocol packets, and downloads routing policies from the policy server.
l Outband communication between boards
The LAN switch module integrated with the SRU performs the outband communication
between boards. It manages and maintains LPUs, SFUs, and SRUs, and exchanges
information between the boards.
l Device management and maintenance
The SRU manages and maintains the system through the management interfaces such as
the console interface.

l Data configuration
The SRU stores the configuration data and information about startup files, accounting,
software upgrade, and logs. Two CF cards on the SRU are used to store system data as
massive storage devices. The capacity of a CF card is 512 MB.
Part of the SFU

On the NE40E-8, the switching plane of the SRU exchanges data independently.
Each SRU is integrated with two SFUs. The integrated SFUs, together with another two SFUs,
operate in 3+1 backup mode. These four SFUs provide four switching planes and perform load
balancing.
System Clock Unit

The system clock unit of the SRU provides LPUs with reliable Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
(SDH) clock signals.
The SRU can provide the downstream devices with two-channel 2.048 MHz synchronous clock
signals, and can receive 2.048 MHz or 2.048 Mbit/s external reference clock signals.
In addition to the preceding functions, the SRU that supports the 1588v2 protocol can provide
Stratum-3 clock synchronization and 1588v2 clock synchronization through different
configurations on interfaces.
Synchronous Switching Clock Unit

The synchronous switching clock unit provides the SFUs with reliable synchronous clock signals
to maintain synchronization between the SFUs and the LPUs.

The SRU periodically collects the monitoring information of the system. The SRU can
implement local or remote test or in-service upgrade of system units through the JTAG bus.
The SRU periodically collects information about the operation of system units through the
MonitorBUS. It then generates such control information as in-position boards detection and fan
speed adjustment based on the running state.
Reliability
The main control modules, clock modules, and LAN switch modules on the SRU work in 1:1
The two SRUs work in 1:1 backup mode. When the master SRU fails, the slave SRU takes over
as the master one.
5.5.3 Panel
Panel Appearance
Figure 5-18 shows the appearance of the SRU panel.

Figure 5-18 Appearance of the SRU panel
Figure 5-19 shows the panel of the SRU that supports the 1588v2 protocol.
Figure 5-19 Appearance of the SRU panel

Buttons and Indicators on the Panel

Table 5-12 lists the buttons and indicators on the panel of the SRU.

OFL button An offline button. Before removing a board, press and hold the OFL
button for about six seconds till the OFL indicator is on.
NOTE
RUN indicator (green) l If the indicator blinks once every two seconds (0.5 Hz), the
system is in the normal state.
l If the indicator blinks twice each second (2 Hz), the system is
in the alarm state.
ALM indicator (red) l If the indicator is on, the system is in the alarm state.
l If the indicator is off, the system is in the normal state.
ACT active/standby l If the indicator is on, the SRU is in the active state.
indicator (green) l If the indicator is off, the SRU is in the standby state.
Reset button It is used to reset the main control unit of the SRU.
CF ACT indicator (red) l If the indicator is blinking, the data is being received or
transmitted.
l If the indicator is off, no data is being received or transmitted.
NOTE
The CF card is not hot swappable.
LINK indicator (green) l If the indicator is on, the link is Up.

(on the Ethernet l If the indicator is off, the link is Down.
interface)
ACT indicator (yellow) l If the indicator is off, no data is being received or transmitted.
(on the Ethernet l If the indicator is blinking, the data is being received or
interface) transmitted.
Interface Functions
Table 5-13 lists the functions of the interfaces on the SRU.

Table 5-13 Functions of the interfaces on the SRU

Interface Name Connector Type Description
ETH0 (10M/100M/ RJ45 Used to connect the system network

1000M Base-TX workstation. This interface has the LINK
auto-sensing) and ACT indicators.
Console interface RJ45 Used to connect the console for system

configuration.
AUX interface RJ45 Used to connect to the modem for remote

CF interface TYPE II standard Used to save data files as a massive

(TYPE I standard is storage device.
compatible)
CLK-IN1 SMB (Sub-miniature B) Used to receive the external clock signal

of 2.048 MHz or 2.048 Mbit/s.
CLK-IN2
CLK-OUT1 SMB Used to output the 2.048 MHz or 2.048

Mbit/s clock signal to the downstream
CLK-OUT2 device.
Table 5-14lists the functions of the interfaces on the SRU that supports the 1588v2 protocol.
Table 5-14 Functions of the interfaces on the SRU

Type
ETH0 (10M/100M/ RJ45 Used to connect the system network

1000M Base-TX auto- workstation. This interface has the LINK and
sensing) ACT indicators.
Console interface RJ45 Used to connect the console for system

configuration.
AUX interface RJ45 Used to connect to the modem for remote

maintenance through dial-up.
CF interface TYPE II standard Used to save data files as a mass storage device.
(TYPE I standard
is compatible)
CLK/TOD 0 RJ45 Used to input or output 2 Mbit/s clock signals,

2 MHz clock signals, clock signals of
combining 1 PPS and ASCII, and DCLS clock
signals from two channels.


Type
CLK/TOD 1 RJ45 Used to input or output 2 Mbit/s clock signals,

2 MHz clock signals, clock signals of
combining 1 PPS and ASCII, and DCLS clock
signals from two channels.
CLK/1PPS SMB Used to input or output 2 Mbit/s clock signals,

2 MHz clock signals, and 1 PPS signals.
CLK/Serial SMB Used to input or output 2 Mbit/s clock signals,

2 MHz clock signals, and RS232 signals.
5.5.4 Interface Attributes

The following lists the interface attributes.
Table 5-15 Attributes of the 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45 interface

Attributes Description
Connector type RJ45
Working mode 10M/100M/1000M auto-sensingHalf-duplex and full-

duplex
Standard compliance IEEE 802.3-2002
Cable specification When the interface works at 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s,

Category 5 unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable is
recommended.
When the interface works at 1000 Mbit/s, Super
category 5 Shielded Twisted Pair (STP) cable is
recommended.
Table 5-16 Attributes of the console interface

Connector type RJ45
Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Electrical attribute RS-232
Baud rate Can be configured and the default value is 9600 bit/s
Data equipment type Data Circuit-terminating Equipment (DCE)
Cable specification 8-core shielded cable

Table 5-17 Attributes of the AUX interface
Connector type RJ45
Working mode Duplex UART
Electrical attribute RS-232
Baud rate Can be configured and the default value is 9600 bit/s
Data equipment type Data Terminal Equipments (DTE)
Cable specification 8-core shielded cable
Table 5-18 Attributes of the external clock interface with the SMB connector
Connector type SMB
Cable specification 75-ohm clock cable
Standard compliance G.703
Table 5-19 Attributes of the external clock interface with the RJ45 connector
Connector type RJ45
Cable specification 120-ohm clock cable
Standard compliance G.703

Table 5-20 lists the technical specifications of the SRU.
Table 5-20 Technical specifications of the SRU
Item Specification
Silk screen of the board name SRU
Power consumption (typical value) 80 W (in full configuration)
Weight 3.96 kg ( 8.73 lb )

Item Specification
15.75 in. )
Clock input Two channels of 2.048 Mbit/s or 2.048 MHz signals
Clock output Two channels of 2.048 Mbit/s or 2.048 MHz signals
Active CPU Type Power PC
Dominant frequency 1000 MHz
Digit 32 bits
Memory DDR SDRAM The memory is 1 GB, which

can be expanded to 2 GB.
BootROM 1 MB
Flash 32 MB
NVRAM 512 KB
CF card 512 MB
NOTE
Table 5-21 lists the technical specifications of the SRU that supports the 1588v2 protocol.
Table 5-21 Technical specifications of the SRU
Item Specification
Silk screen of the board name SRU
Power consumption (typical value) 80 W (in full configuration)
Weight 3.96 kg ( 8.73 lb )
15.75 in. )
CLK/TOD Used to input or output 2 Mbit/s clock signals, 2 MHz

clock signals, clock signals of combining 1 PPS and
ASCII, and DCLS clock signals from two channels.
CLK/1PPS Used to input or output 2 Mbit/s clock signals, 2 MHz

clock signals, and 1 PPS signals.
CLK/Serial Used to input or output 2 Mbit/s clock signals, 2 MHz

clock signals, and RS232 signals.
Active CPU Type Power PC

Item Specification
Dominant frequency 1000 MHz
Digit 32 bits
Memory DDR SDRAM The memory is 1 GB, which

can be expanded to 2 GB.
BootROM 1 MB
Flash 32 MB
NVRAM 512 KB
CF card 512 MB
NOTE

Table 5-22 lists the physical parameters of the NE40E-8.
Table 5-22 Physical parameters of the NE40E-8
Item Parameters
Dimensions (width x depth x height) 442 mm x 669 mm x 886mm ( 17.40 in.

x 26.34 in. x 34.88 in. )
Cabinet N68E cabinet or 19-inch standard

cabinet.
Typical power consumption 2200 W (full configuration)
Weight Empty chassis 70 kg ( 154.35 lb )
Full configuration(maximal) 147 kg ( 324.14 lb )
DC input Rated voltage -48 V
Allowed voltage -38 V to -72 V
AC input Allowed voltage 90 V to 275 V AC

175 V to 275 V AC(recommend)
System reliability MTBF (year) 21.82

Item Parameters
MTTR (hour) 0.5
Environment Long-term 0°C to 45°C ( 32°F to 113°F )

temperature
(Celsius degree) Short-term -5°C to 55°C ( 23°F to 131°F )
Storage temperature (Celsius degree) -40°C to 70°C ( –40°F to 158°F )
Environment Long-term 5% RH to 85% RH, no coagulation

relative humidity
Storage relative humidity 0% RH to 95% RH, no coagulation
Long-term altitude Less than 3000 m ( 9842.4 ft )
Storage altitude Less than 5000 m ( 16404 ft )
NOTE
l The measurement point of the temperature and humidity is 1.5 m ( 4.92 ft ) above the floor and 0.4 m
( 1.31 ft ) away from and in front of the cabinet without the front and back doors.
l Short-term operation means that continuous operating time does not exceed 48 hours and accumulated
operating time per year does not exceed 15 days. If an operation exceeds either of these conditions, it
is called a long-term operation.

Table 5-23 lists the specifications of boards supported by the NE40E-8.
Table 5-23 Specifications of boards supported by the NE40E-8

MPU MPU SRU
SFU SFU SFU
Versatile Service Versatile Service SPU

Process Unit C Process Unit C
Motherboard Flexible Card Line LPUF-10

LPUF-10 Processing Unit
FPIC LPUF-10 1-Port OC-192c/ FPIC-1xOC192-POS

STM-64c POS-XFP
FPIC

POS-SFP FPIC


POS-SFP FPIC

POS-SFP FPIC

POS-SFP FPIC

POS-SFP FPIC

POS-SFP FPIC

POS-SFP FPIC

ATM-SFP FPIC

ATM-SFP FPIC
8-port 100/1000Base- FPIC-8xGE

SFP FPIC

FPIC A
2-port OC-3c/STM-1c 2xcPOS/STM1-SFP

CPOS-SFP FPIC
24-port CE1/CT1- 24xcE1/cT1-DB 100

DB100 FPIC
4-port E3/CT3 FPIC 4xE3/cT3-SMB
Motherboard Flexible Card Line LPUF-21

LPUF-21 Processing Unit
FPIC LPUF-21 1-port 10GBase LAN/ 1x10GBase LAN/WAN

WAN-XFP FPIC
1-port 10GBase LAN/ 1x10GBase LAN/WAN-A

WAN-XFP-A FPIC

WAN-XFP-B FPIC
1-port 10GBase LAN/ P20-1x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-E

WAN-XFP-E FPIC

1000Base-X-SFP FPIC

12-port 100/1000Base- 12x100/1000Base-SFP-A

SFP-A FPIC
12-port 100/1000Base- P20-12xGE-SFP-B

SFP FPIC B
10-port 1000Base-X- P20-10xGE-SFP-E

SFP FPIC E

T FPIC
1-port OC-192c/ 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP

STM-64c POS-XFP
FPIC

WAN-XFP FPIC

T FPIC

1000Base-X-SFP FPIC
2-port 10GBase LAN/ P20-2x10GBase LAN/WAN-

WAN-XFP+20-port XFP-20xFE/GE-SFP
100/1000Base-X SFP
FPIC

Hardware Description 6 Boards
6 Boards
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the boards of the device.
6.1 Service Process Unit

6.2 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-100,four slots)
This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the LPUF-100.
6.3 Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-100)
This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the Integrated Line Processing Unit
(LPUI-100).
6.4 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-40,2 sub-slots)
This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the Flexible Card Line Processing Unit
(LPUF-40,2 sub-slots) and FPIC.
6.5 Integrated Line Processing Unit (LPUI-40)
(LPUI-40).
(LPUI-41).
6.7 Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-41)
This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-41).

6.1 Service Process Unit
6.1.1 Versatile Service Process Unit C

This section describes the application scenarios, functions, panels, and technical specifications
of the Versatile Service Process Unit C (SPUC).
The Service Processing Unit C (SPUC) implements the NetStream function and processes tunnel
services related to Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) and multicast Virtual Private Networks
(VPNs).
Overview
Figure 6-1 shows the appearance of the SPUC.
Figure 6-1 Appearance of the SPUC
Application
Supporting NetStream
The NetStream function enables the administrator to obtain detailed records of network traffic.
The exported NetStream data helps in:
l Network management and planning
l Enterprise accounting and department billing
l ISP billing report
l Data storage
l Data collection for business
The LPU classifies NetStream flows based on the source IP address, destination IP address,
source port number, destination port number, IP protocol type, IP Type of Service (ToS), and
inbound interface. Then, the LPU sends the NetStream flows to the SPUC. The SPUC collects
statistics, encapsulates the statistics in UDPs, and sends the UDPs to the LPU. The statistics can
be used for:

l Accounting
l Network planning and analysis
l Network monitoring
l Application monitoring and analysis
l User monitoring and analysis
Figure 6-2 shows the procedure for processing NetStream services.
Figure 6-2 Procedure for processing NetStream services

MPU
Entity information
Manage Statistics information
configuration Debugging information
Configuration
information Alarm information
LPU NetStream
Encapsulate
Sampling S Statistics UDP
packets
F Analyze Packets
Sample
Forward Forward
U
Packets
Packets Packets UDP Packets
Supporting GRE
GRE is used to encapsulate packets of a certain network protocol, such as IP or IPX packets.
The encapsulated packets can be transmitted in the network running another network protocol,
such as IP.
As a Layer 3 tunneling protocol for VPNs, GRE uses the tunneling technology. A tunnel can be
taken as a virtual interface that supports only point-to-point connections. The tunnel interface
provides a tunnel for data forwarding. Packets are encapsulated and decapsulated at both ends
of the tunnel.
Figure 6-3 shows a typical networking diagram of GRE. VPN sites 1 and 2 are separated by the
VPN backbone network. A GRE tunnel is set up for the communication between the two sites.
Figure 6-3 Typical networking diagram of GRE
GRE tunnel
VPN VPN VPN

site 1 backbone site 2
CE PE PE CE

Supporting Multicast VPN

Multicast VPN services means that multicast data can be transmitted between VPNs through the
backbone network on the basis of Multiprotocol Label Switching MPLS or Border Gateway
Protocol (BGP) VPN.
Figure 6-4 shows a typical networking diagram of multicast VPN.
The multicast source S1 belongs to VPN A. S1 sends multicast data to a multicast group G. Only
the group members of site1. site2, and site3 that belong to VPN A can receive the multicast data.
The data is transmitted in multicast mode in each site and on the public network.
Figure 6-4 Typical networking diagram of multicast VPN
VPN A
site 1
CE 1
CE 4 PE 1 VPN B
VPN B
site 5
site 4
P2 CE 5
P1
Core Edge CPE
Layer Layer layer
VPN A
VPN A PE 3 P3 PE 2 site2
site 3 CE 2
CE 3 CE 6
VPN B
site 6
Supporting NAT
NAT is the acronym for network address translation, NAT is the process of converting the IP
address carried in an IP packet header to another type of IP address.
NAT enables users from private networks to access the Internet. NAT implements mapping
between a small number of Internet IP addresses and a great number of private network IP
addresses. NAT makes it possible to use a large number of addresses within a private network,
This approach not only without depleting the limited number of available numeric Internet IP
addresses, but also protects the “privacy” of internal hosts.
Figure 6-5 shows a typical networking diagram of NAT.
NAT is configured on the egress of the intranet of an enterprise. In this manner, users on the
intranet can access the Interne by using a small number of Internet IP addresses. The device
sends the log of intranet users' access to the Internet to the log server.

Figure 6-5 Typical networking diagram of NAT
Organization A
NAT-enabled
Router
Internet
Organization B Organization C
Intranet
NAT server/log server
Features and Functions
Functions
An SPUC implements the NetStream function and processes tunnel services related to GRE and
NAT and multicast VPNs. An SPUC does not have any physical interfaces and can be inserted
into any LPU slot.
Reliability
Based on a hierarchical architecture, the SPUC is divided into a service control plane and a
packet forwarding plane, reducing the coupling ratio and complexity between modules and
improving board reliability.
Panel
Figure 6-6 shows the panel appearance of the SPUC.

Figure 6-6 Panel appearance of the SPUC
Table 6-1 describes the button and indicators on the panel of the SPUC.
Table 6-1 Buttons and indicator on the panel of the SPUC

OFL button It is a button indicating the removal of a board. Before removing a

board, you need to press and hold the OFL button for about 6s till the
OFL indicator is on.
OFL indicator (red) If the indicator is on, you can remove a board safely.
RUN indicator If the indicator blinks once every 2s (0.5 Hz), the system is in the normal
(green) state. If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2 Hz), the system is in the
alarm state.
Interfaces
There is no interface on the SPUC.
None.
Technical Specifications
Table 6-2 lists the technical specifications of the SPUC.
Table 6-2 Technical specifications of the SPUC

Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the SPUC

board name
Dimensions (width x 400 mm x 520mm x 41 mm ( 15.75 in. x 20.47 in. x 1.61 in. )
depth x height)

Item Specifications
Power consumption About 176 W

(typical value)
Weight 5.75 kg ( 12.68 lb )
6.1.2 Flexible Card Versatile Service Unit 10(VSUF-10)

This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the VSUF-10.
Overview
The VSUF-10 is of a multi-core processing architecture and has a high-performance multi-core
processing engine and a large memory. The board provides flexible and complicated service
processing capabilities and ensures bandwidth for the user traffic with a large throughput.
Figure 6-7 shows the appearance of the VSUF-10.
Figure 6-7 Appearance of the VSUF-10
Panel
Table 6-3 describes the indicators on the panel.
Table 6-3 Indicators on the panel of the VSUF-10

OFL indicator (red) If the indicator is on, you can remove the board safely.

RUN indicator If the indicator blinks once every 2s (0.5 Hz), the LPU is in the normal
(green) state. If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2 Hz), the LPU is in the
alarm state.
Table 6-4 lists the technical specifications of the VSUF-10.
Table 6-4 Technical specifications of the VSUF-10
Item Specifications
Dimensions (width 400 mm x 520 mm x 41 mm ( 15.75 in. x 20.47 in. x 1.61 in. )
x depth x height)

(typical value)
Board weight About 5.3kg ( 11.69 lb )
Product Specifications
Table 6-5 lists the product specifications of the VSUF-10.
Table 6-5 Product specifications of the VSUF-10
Item Specifications
Reliability and Software features

availability l FCC
l RET
l MDI
Hardware features
l Supporting hot swap
NMS Enhanced command-line interface

SNMP and MIB support
Operating Long-term ambient temperature: 0°C to 45°C ( 32°F to 113°F )

conditions Short-term ambient temperature- –5°C to +55°C ( 23°F to 131°F )
Long-term relative humidity: 5% to 85%
Short-term relative humidity: 0% to 95%

Item Specifications
Storage conditions Storage temperatu-e: –40°C to +70°C ( –40°F to 158°F )

Storage humidity: 0% to 95%
6.1.3 Integrated Versatile Service Unit 20 A(VSUI-20-A)

This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the VSUI-20-A.
Overview
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) is a Layer 3 VPN protocol. Data streams in different VPNs
can be authenticated and encrypted, and then transmitted through secure IPSec tunnels. Security
associations are conventions on parameters of the IPSec tunnel to be established between two
communication ends. The Internet Key Exchange (IKE) protocol is used to generate a key for
IPSec.
The VSUI-20-A, also known as the CR5DVSUI201A, provides the following functions:
l Encrypts user data to ensure data secrecy.
l Checks data completeness to ensure that the data is not modified when being transmitted.
l Prevents anti-replay of data by means of a sequence number and prevents middleman attack
by means of authentication.
l Supports negotiations of security algorithms and keys between devices and provides a
secure mechanism for online key generation.
l Supports two security modes, that is, transport mode and tunnel mode, to meet requirements
of different network structures.
Figure 6-8 shows the appearance of the VSUI-20-A.
Figure 6-8 Appearance of the VSUI-20-A
Panel

Table 6-6 Indicators on the panel of the VSUI-20-A

(green) state. If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2 Hz), the LPU is in the
alarm state.
Table 6-7 lists the technical specifications of the VSUI-20-A.
Table 6-7 Technical specifications of the VSUI-20-A
Item Specifications
x depth x height)

(typical value)
Board weight About 8.0 kg ( 17.64 lb )
Table 6-8 lists the product specifications of the VSUI-20-A.
Table 6-8 Product specifications of the VSUI-20-A
Item Specifications

availability l NSF
l OIR
Hardware features


Item Specifications



Overview
The LPUF-100 provides four slots that can hold full-height FPICs or four half-height FPICs.
An FPIC supports the following functions:
l Hot swap
l Automatic recovery of configurations
l Intermixing with other types of FPICs
Figure 6-9 shows the appearance of the LPUF-100.
Figure 6-9 Appearance of the LPUF-100
Panel
Figure 6-10 shows the panel appearance of the LPUF-100. Table 6-9 describes the indicators
on the panel.

Figure 6-10 Panel appearance of the LPUF-100
Table 6-9 Indicators and button on the panel of the LPUF-100

board, you need to press and hold the OFL button for about five
seconds till the OFL indicator is on.
(green) state.
Table 6-10 lists the technical specifications of the LPUF-100.
Table 6-10 Technical specifications of the LPUF-100
Item Specifications
x depth x height)

(typical value)
Table 6-11 lists the product specifications of the LPUF-100.

Table 6-11 Product specifications of the LPUF-100
Item Specifications

availability l Nonstop Forwarding (NSF)
l Online insertion and removal (OIR)
l MPLS Fast Reroute (FRR)
Hardware features
l The LPUF-100 supports hot swap.
l The FPIC of the LPUF-100 supports hot swap.



6.2.1 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A

(Supporting1588v2)
Overview
5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card ASupports 1588v2
Figure 6-11 shows the appearance of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A.
Figure 6-11 Appearance of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A

Panel
Figure 6-12shows the panel appearance of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
A. Table 6-12 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-12 Panel appearance of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
Table 6-12 Indicators on the panel of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
STATUS If the indicator blinks once every 2s (0.5 Hz), the LPU is in the normal
indicator (green) state. If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2 Hz), the LPU is in the
alarm state.
LINK/ACT If the indicator is on, the link is Up. If the indicator is blinking, the data
indicator is being read or written. If the indicator is off, the link is Down.
Table 6-13 lists the interface attributes of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
A.
Table 6-13 Interface attributes of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
Connector type LC/PC
Optical Compliant with the selected XFP optical module.(for the attributes of XFP
interface modules, see Table 6-14)
attributes
Working mode Full-duplex
Compliant IEEE 802.3ae

standard
Frame format Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, and Ethernet_SNAP
Network IP
protocol

Table 6-14 Attributes of 10G XFP optical modules

Maximum 0.3 km ( 0.19 10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71

transmission mi. ) mi. )
distance
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength
Minimum –7.3 dBm –6.0 dBm –1.0 dBm 0 dBm

transmitting
power
Maximum –1.3 dBm –1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm

transmitting
power
Receiving –7.5 dBm –11.0 dBm –15.0 dBm –24.0 dBm

sensitivity
Overload –1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm –1.0 dBm –7.0 dBm

optical power
Optical fiber Multi–mode Single–mode Single–mode Single–mode

type
The 10G XFP multi–mode optical module transceiver supports two types of multi–mode optical
fibers with different cores. Table 6-15 shows the relationship between the core, the modal/
bandwidth, and the transmission distance. During configuration, the length of optical fibers is
restricted by the transmission distance. In addition, the optical fiber with the 50–um core and
2000–MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type. If this type of optical fiber is required, you
need to purchase it additionally.
Table 6-15 Transmission distance of 10G XFP optical modules

Core (μm) Modal/Bandwidth Transmission Distance
(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )
Table 6-16 lists the technical specifications of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible
Card A.

Table 6-16 Technical specifications of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board P100–5x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-1588v2

name
Power consumption 50W

(typical value)
Dimensions (width x 178 mm x 180 mm x 35mm ( 7.01 in. x 7.09 in. x 1.38 in. )
depth x height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software version V600R003
Table 6-17 lists the product specifications of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible
Card A.
Table 6-17 Product specifications of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, and Ethernet_SNAP

and service PTP (supported by the system software package of V600R003 and
later versions)
Interface type XFP
Reliability and Hardware feature

availability l Supporting hot swap
NMS Enhanced command–line interface

Operating Long–term ambient temperature: 0°C to 45°C ( 32°F to 113°F )

conditions Short–term ambient temperature: –5°C to +55°C ( 23°F to 131°F )
Long–term relative humidity: 5% to 85%
Short–term relative humidity: 0% to 95%
Storage conditions Storage temperature: –40°C to +70°C ( –40°F to 158°F )


6.2.2 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card(P100,Occupy two sub-

slots)
Overview
Figure 6-13 shows the appearance of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC.
NOTE
On a 24-port 100/1000Base-SFP flexible card, electrical interface SFP modules can only be installed in interfaces
of the odd numbers.If optic fiber on a sub-card is hard to be inserted and removed because the sub-card is fully
configured, use a fiber interface clamp. If the indicator switching button is sheltered by cables, user a tool such
as a fiber interface clamp to help push the button.
Figure 6-13 Appearance of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC
Panel
Table 6-18 lists the indicators on the panel.
Table 6-18 Indicators on the panel of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC

alarm state.
indicator(green) is being read or written. If the indicator is off, the link is Down.
Table 6-19 lists the interface attributes of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC.

Table 6-19 Interface attributes of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC

Optical interface Compliant with the selected SFP optical module. For the attributes of
attributes SFP modules, see Table 6-20 and Table 6-21.
Compliant standard IEEE 802.3-2002
Network protocol IP
Table 6-20 Attributes of 100M SFP optical modules

Transmission 2 km ( 1.24 15 km ( 9.32 40 km ( 24.86 80 km ( 49.71

distance mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. )
Center wavelength 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum -19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm

transmitting power
Maximum -14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm

transmitting power
Receiving -30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm

sensitivity
Overload power -14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -10.0 dBm
Optical fiber type Multi-mode Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode

Transmission 0.55 km 10 km 40 km 40 km 80 km 100 km

distance ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. )
Center wavelength 850 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum -9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm -4.5 dBm -4.0 dBm -2.0 0 dBm
Transmitting dBm
power

Maximum -2.5 dBm -3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 1.0 dBm 5.0 dBm 5.0 dBm
Transmitting
power
Receiving -17.0 -20.0 -22.5 -21.0 -23.0 -30.0

sensitivity dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm
Overload power 0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 -9.0 dBm
dBm
Optical fiber type Multi- Single- Single- Single- Single- Single-

mode mode mode mode mode mode
Table 6-22 lists the technical specifications of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-22 Technical specifications of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silk screen of the board name P100-24xFE/GE-SFP
Power consumption(Typical About 39 W

value)
Dimensions (width x depth x 226mm x 179mm x 37mm ( 8.90 in. x 7.05 in. x 1.46 in. )
height)
Connector type LC
Lowest Software Version V600R003
Table 6-23 lists the product specifications of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card.
Table 6-23 Product specifications of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol Ethernet_II

and service Ethernet_SAP
Ethernet_SNAP

Item Specifications
Interface type SFP
Reliability and Supporting hot swap

availability



6.2.3 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-14 shows 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card.
NOTE
l Only CSFP optical modules can be installed on this type of subcard. To communicate with this subcard, an
interface on the peer end must have BIDI or CSFP optical modules with the matching transmit and receive
wavelengths installed.
l If optic fiber on a sub-card is hard to be inserted and removed because the sub-card is fully configured, use
a fiber interface clamp. If the indicator switching button is sheltered by cables, user a tool such as a fiber
interface clamp to help push the button.
Figure 6-14 Appearance of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card

Panel
Table 6-24 Indicators on the panel of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card
indicator (green) state.
If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2 Hz), the LPU is in the alarm
state.
LINK/ACT If the indicator is on, the link is Up.

indicator (green) If the indicator is blinking, the data is being read or written.
If the indicator is off, the link is Down.
Table 6-25 lists the interface attributes of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card.
Table 6-25 Interface attributes of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card
Optical interface Compliant with the selected CSFP optical module.

attributes
Network protocol IP
Table 6-26 Attributes of 100M CSFP optical modules
Transmission distance 10 km ( 6.21 mi. )
Transmitting center wavelength 1550 nm
Receiving center wavelength 1310 nm
Minimum transmitting power -14.0 dBm
Maximum transmitting power -8.0 dBm
Receiving sensitivity -28.2 dBm

Overload power -8.0 dBm
Optical fiber type Multi-mode
Table 6-27 Attributes of 1000M CSFP optical modules

Optical fiber type Single-mode
Table 6-28 lists the technical specifications of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card.
Table 6-28 Technical specifications of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card

Item Specifications
Silkscreen P100–48 x FE/GE-CSFP

of the
board
name
Power About 52 W
consumpti
on (typical
value)
Heat 177.42 BTU/hour

dissipation
Board About 0.90 kg ( 1.98 lb )

weight

Item Specifications
Dimensio 226 mm x 179 mm x 37 mm ( 8.90 in. x 7.05 in. x 1.46 in. )

ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector LC
type
Lowest V600R003
software
version
Table 6-29 lists the product specifications of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card.
Table 6-29 Product specifications of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card.

Item Specifications

Ethernet_SNAP
Interface type CSFP/SFP

availability



6.3 Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-100)

(LPUI-100).

6.3.1 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing

Unit (LPUI-100,Supporting 1588v2)
Overview
Figure 6-15 shows the appearance of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Figure 6-15 Appearance of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit
Panel
Figure 6-16shows the panel appearance of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated
Line Processing Unit. Table 6-30 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-16 Panel appearance of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Table 6-30 Indicators on the panel of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
OFL button It is an OFL button. Before removing a board, press the OFL button.
Hold the button for six seconds till the OFL indicator is on. Then, the
board can be pulled out.
OFL indicator If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that you can remove the board.
(red)

RUN (green) If the indicator blinks once every 2s (0.5 Hz), it indicates that the system
is running normally. If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2 Hz), it
indicates that the system is in the alarm state.
L/A (green) If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the link is normal. If the
indicator blinks, it indicates that data is being transmitted. If the indicator
is off, it indicates that the link is Down.
Table 6-31 lists the interface attributes of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-31 Interface attributes of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Optical Compliant with the selected XFP optical module. (For the attributes of XFP
attributes
Network IP
protocol

Transmission 0.3 km ( 0.19 10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71

distance mi. ) mi. )
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength
Minimum -7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm

transmitting
power
Maximum -1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm

transmitting
power


sensitivity
Overload -1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm

power
Optical fiber Multi-mode Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode

type
The 10G XFP multi-mode optical transceiver supports two types of multi-mode optical fibers
with different cores. Table 6-33 lists the relationship between the core, the modal/bandwidth,
and the transmission distance. During configuration, the length of optical fibers is restricted by
the transmission distance. In addition, the optical fiber with the 50-um core and 2000-MHz*km
modal/bandwidth is a special type, If this type of optical fibers are required, you need to purchase
it additionally.
Table 6-33 The transmission distance of 10G XFP optical modules
Core Fiber(μm) Modal/Bandwidth Transmission distance

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~ 50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )
Table 6-34 lists the technical specifications of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated
Line Processing Unit.
Table 6-34 Technical specifications of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen LPUI-100
of the 10x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-1588v2
board
name
Power About 400 W

consumpti
on
(Typical
value)

Item Specifications

dissipation

weight
Dimensio 400 mm x 530 mm x41 mm ( 15.75 in. x 20.87 in. x 1.61 in. )
ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector LC
type
Lowest V600R003
Software
Version
Table 6-35 lists the product specifications of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated
Table 6-35 Product specifications of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol IPv4 and IPv6 addressing

and service Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)
Layer 3 routing protocols:
l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
Multicast forwarding with support for source-based and shared
distribution trees and the following protocols:
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type XFP LC optical interface

LAN/WAN mode

Item Specifications
Reliability and Software features:

availability l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:



6.3.2 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line Processing Unit

(LPUI-100)
Overview
The 16-port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line Processing Unit is a board with the
convergence ratio of 2:1 and forwarding performance of 80 Gbit/s.Figure 6-17 shows the
appearance of the board.
Figure 6-17 Appearance of the16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line Processing Unit
Panel

Figure 6-18 Appearance of the16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line Processing Unit
Table 6-36 Indicators on the panel of the 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Hold the button for six seconds till the OFL indicator is on. Then, the
(red)
Table 6-37 lists the interface attributes of the 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-37 Interface attributes of the 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line Processing
Unit
Optical Compliant with the selected XFP optical module.

interface
attributes
Network IP
protocol

Table 6-38 Attributes of 10G SFP+ optical modules

Maximum 0.3 km ( 0.19 mi. ) 10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. )

transmission
distance
Center wavelength 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum –5 dBm –8.2 dBm –4.7 dBm

transmitting
power
Maximum –1 dBm 0.5 dBm 4.0 dBm

transmitting
power
Receiving –11.1 dBm –12.6 dBm –14.1 dBm

sensitivity
Overload optical –1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 0.5 dBm

power
Optical fiber type Multi–mode Single–mode Single–mode
Table 6-39 lists the technical specifications of the 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-39 Technical specifications of the 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen LPUI-100
of the 16x10GBase LAN-SFP+
board
name
Power About 380 W

consumpti
on
(Typical
value)

dissipation

weight

Item Specifications

ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector LC
type
Lowest V600R003
Software
Version
Table 6-40 lists the product specifications of the 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-40 Product specifications of the 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Item Specifications

l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type SFP+ SR, LR optical interface

LAN mode

availability


Item Specifications



This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the Flexible Card Line Processing Unit
(LPUF-40,2 sub-slots) and FPIC.
Overview
The Flexible Card Line Processing Unit LPUF-40 provides two slots, each of which can hold
an FPIC that supports hot swapping. The cards support hot swap. The LPUF-40 supports a
maximum of 40-Gbit/s bandwidth.
The LPUF-40 has two models: LPUF-40-A and LPUF-40-B. The LPUF-40-A supports all
software features whereas the LPUF-40-B supports software features except L3VPN, MVPN,
and IPv6. The LPUF-40-B can be upgraded to support the features of the LPUF-40-A through
licenses.
Figure 6-19 shows the appearance of the LPUF-40-A.
Figure 6-19 Appearance of the LPUF-40-A
Figure 6-20 shows the appearance of the LPUF-40-B.

Panel
Figure 6-21 describes the panel appearance of the LPUF-40. Table 6-41 lists the indicators on
the panel.

(green) state.


Item Specifications
1.61 in. )
Power consumption (typical value) About 280W

Item Specifications

availability l The LPUF-40-A supports all software features
l The LPUF-40-B does not support L3VPN, MVPN, or IPv6.
Hardware features



6.4.1 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-22 shows 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card.
l Provides GE optical modules, supporting features of GE optical interfaces.

l Provides FE optical modules, supporting features of FE optical interfaces.

l Provides electrical interface SFP modules, supporting features of the 10M/100M/1000M
auto-sensing electrical interfaces.
l Supports intermixing of the preceding modules.
Figure 6-22 Appearance of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card
Panel
Table 6-44 Indicators on the panel of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card
state.

indicator(green) If the indicator is blinking, the data is being read or written.
Table 6-45 lists the interface attributes of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card.
Table 6-45 Interface attributes of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card
Optical interface Compliant with the selected SFP optical module.

attributes

Network protocol IP
Maximum 2 km ( 1.24 15 km ( 9.32 40 km ( 24.86 80 km ( 49.71

transmission mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. )
distance
Minimum –19.0 dBm –15.0 dBm –5.0 dBm –5.0 dBm

transmitting power
Maximum –14.0 dBm –8.0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm

transmitting power

sensitivity
Overload optical –14.0 dBm –8.0 dBm –10.0 dBm –10.0 dBm
power
Optical fiber type Multi–mode Single–mode Single–mode Single–mode
Maximum 0.55 km 10 km 40 km 40 km 80 km 100 km

transmission ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
distance mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. )
Minimum –9.5 dBm –9.5 dBm –4.5 dBm –4.0 –2.0 0 dBm
transmitting dBm dBm
power
Maximum –2.5 dBm –3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 1.0 dBm 5.0 dBm 5.0 dBm
transmitting
power
Receiving –17.0 –20.0 –22.5 –21.0 –23.0 –30.0

Overload optical 0 dBm –3.0 dBm –3.0 dBm –3.0 –3.0 –9.0 dBm
power dBm dBm

Optical fiber type Multi– Single– Single– Single– Single– Single–

Table 6-48 lists the technical specifications of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card.
Table 6-48 Technical specifications of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board name P40–20xFE/GE–SFP
Power consumption (typical value) About 37 W
Dimensions (width x depth x height) 145 mm x 180mm x 40mm ( 5.71 in. x 7.09 in. x
1.57 in. )
Connector type LC
Table 6-49 lists the product specifications of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card.
Table 6-49 Product specifications of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol IEEE 802.3ab

and service IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3x
IEEE802.1q Jumbo frames supported by VLAN
IEEE802.3ad Link aggregation
IEEE 802.1p Label
Interface type SFP

availability


Item Specifications


6.4.2 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting

1588v2)
Overview
Figure 6-23 the appearance of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card A(Supporting
1588v2).
Figure 6-23 Appearance of the 220-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC A(Supporting 1588v2)
Panel

Table 6-50 Indicators on the panel of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC A(Supporting
1588v2)
state.

Table 6-51 lists the interface attributes of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC A(Supporting
1588v2).
Table 6-51 Interface attributes of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flecible card A(Supporting
1588v2)

attributes
Network protocol IP


distance

transmitting power

transmitting power


sensitivity
Overload optical -14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -10.0 dBm
power

transmission ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
transmitting dBm
power
transmitting
power
Receiving -17.0 -20.0 -22.5 -21.0 -23.0 -30.0

Overload optical 0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 -9.0 dBm
power dBm

Table 6-54 lists the technical specifications of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC A
(Supporting 1588v2).
Table 6-54 Technical specifications of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC A(Supporting

1588v2)
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-A

name

(typical value)

Item Specifications
Dimensions (width x depth 145 mm x 180mm x 40mm ( 5.71 in. x 7.09 in. x 1.57 in. )
x height)
Connector type LC
6.4.3 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
Overview
Figure 6-24 shows the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card B.
Figure 6-24 Appearance of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
Panel

Table 6-55 Indicators on the panel of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flecible card B
state.

Table 6-56 lists the interface attributes of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B.
Table 6-56 Interface attributes of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B


attributes
Network protocol IP


distance

transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity

power

transmission ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
transmitting dBm
power
transmitting
power
Receiving -17.0 -20.0 -22.5 -21.0 -23.0 -30.0

Overload optical 0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 -9.0 dBm
power dBm

Table 6-59 lists the technical specifications of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card
B.
Table 6-59 Technical specifications of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-B

name

(typical value)

Item Specifications
Dimensions (width x depth 145 mm x 180mm x 40mm ( 5.71 in. x 7.09 in. x 1.57 in. )
x height)
Connector type LC
6.4.4 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-25 shows the appearance of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC.
Figure 6-25 Appearance of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC
Panel
Table 6-60 Indicators on the panel of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC
alarm state.
Table 6-61 lists the interface attributes of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC.

Table 6-61 Interface attributes of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC

attributes
Network IP
protocol


distance
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

optical power

type
The 10G XFP multi–mode optical module supports two types of multi–mode optical fibers with
different cores. Table 6-63 shows the relationship between the core, the modal/bandwidth, and
the transmission distance. During configuration, the length of optical fibers is restricted by the
transmission distance. In addition, the optical fiber with the 50–um core and 2000–MHz*km
modal/bandwidth is a special type, which is not delivered by Huawei.If this type of optical fiber
is required, you need to purchase it additionally.


Core(μm) Modal/Bandwidth Transmission Distance
(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2–300 ( 1.24 – 186.42 )
50 500 2–82 ( 1.24 – 50.95 )
62.5 200 2–33 ( 1.24 – 20.51 )
Table 6-64 lists the technical specifications of the 2–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP FPIC.
Table 6-64 Technical specifications of the 2–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP FPIC

Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board name P40–2x10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP
Power consumption (typical About 12 W

value)
Dimensions (width x depth x 145 mm x 180mm x 40mm ( 5.71 in. x 7.09 in. x 1.57 in. )
height)
Connector type LC
6.4.5 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A(Supporting

1588v2)
Overview
Figure 6-26 shows the appearance of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
Figure 6-26 Appearance of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A(Supporting
1588v2)

Panel
Table 6-65 Indicators on the panel of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
alarm state.
A(Supporting 1588v2).
Table 6-66 Interface attributes of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
Optical Compliant with the selected XFP optical module. (for the attributes of XFP
attributes
Network IP
protocol

distance
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

Minimum -7.3 dBm –6.0 dBm –1.0 dBm 0 dBm

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

optical power

type

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2–300 ( 1.24 – 186.42 )
50 500 2–82 ( 1.24 – 50.95 )
62.5 200 2–33 ( 1.24 – 20.51 )
Table 6-69 lists the technical specifications of the 2–Port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Flexible
Card A(Supporting 1588v2).
Table 6-69 Technical specifications of the 2–Port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the P40–2x10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP–A

board name

Item Specifications

(typical value)
Dimensions (width x 145 mm x 180mm x 40mm ( 5.71 in. x 7.09 in. x 1.57 in. )
depth x height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software V600R001

version
6.4.6 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
Overview
Figure 6-27 shows the appearance of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B.
Figure 6-27 Appearance of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
Panel

Table 6-70 Indicators on the panel of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
alarm state.
B.
Table 6-71 Interface attributes of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
attributes
Network IP
protocol


distance
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power


sensitivity

optical power

type

Core Fiber(μm) Modal/Bandwidth Maximum transmission
(Mhz*km) distance(km)
50 2000 2–300 ( 1.24 – 186.42 )
50 500 2–82 ( 1.24 – 50.95 )
62.5 200 2–33 ( 1.24 – 20.51 )
Table 6-74 lists the technical specifications of the 2–Port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Flexible
Card B.
Table 6-74 Technical specifications of the 2–Port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Flexible Card B
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the P40–2x10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP–B

board name

(typical value)
depth x height)
Connector type LC

Item Specifications

version
6.4.7 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-28 shows the appearance of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Figure 6-28 Appearance of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
Panel
Figure 6-29 shows the panel appearance of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC. Table
6-75 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-29 Panel appearance of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
Table 6-75 Indicators on the panel of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC

alarm state.

Table 6-76 lists the interface attributes of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Table 6-76 Interface attributes of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
Connector type RJ45
Working mode 10M/100M/1000M auto-sensing and half-duplex and full-duplex
Cable specification Category 5 unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable recommended when
the interface works at 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s; super category 5
Shielded Twisted Pair (STP) cable recommended when the interface
works at 1000 Mbit/s..
Network protocol IP
Table 6-77 lists the technical specifications of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Table 6-77 Technical specifications of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
Item Specifications
Silk screen of the board P40–20 x FE/GE-RJ45

name

(typical value)
Dimensions (width x 178 mm x 125 mm x 35 mm ( 7.01 in. x 4.92 in. x 1.38 in. )
depth x height)
Connector type RJ45

version
Table 6-78 lists the product specifications of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible Card.

Table 6-78 Product specifications of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible Card.
Item Specifications

Ethernet_SNAP
Interface type RJ45

availability



6.4.8 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-30 shows the appearance of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card .
Figure 6-30 Appearance of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
Panel
Figure 6-31 shows the panel appearance of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card .

Figure 6-31 Panel appearance of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
Table 6-79 Indicators on the panel of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
alarm state.
L/A indicator If the indicator is on, the link is Up. If the indicator is blinking, the data
is being read or written. If the indicator is off, the link is Down.
Table 6-80 lists the interface attributes of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card .
Table 6-80 Interface attributes of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
attributes

standard
Network IP
protocol

distance

Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

optical power

type
2000–MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type. If this type of optical fiber is required, you

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )
Table 6-83 lists the technical specifications of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible
Card .
Table 6-83 Technical specifications of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board P40–4x10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP

name

Item Specifications
Power consumption 25 W
(typical value)
depth x height)
Connector type LC
Table 6-84 lists the product specifications of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible
Card.
Table 6-84 Product specifications of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol IEEE 802.3ae

and service IEEE 802.3x flow control
IEEE 802.1p Label

LAN/WAN mode

availability





(LPUI-40).

Unit (LPUI-40)
Overview
Figure 6-32 shows the appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Figure 6-32 Appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit
Panel
Table 6-85 Indicators on the panel of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
OFL button It is a button indicating the removal of a board. Before removing a board,
you need to press and hold the OFL button for about 5s till the OFL
indicator is on.
(red)
(green) state.

Table 6-86 lists the interface attributes of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-86 Interface attributes of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
attributes
Network IP
protocol


Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

power

type

modal/bandwidth is a special type. If this type of optical fibers are required, you need to purchase
it additionally.

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2~82 ( 1.24 ~ 50.95 )
62.5 200 2~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )
Table 6-89 lists the technical specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated
Table 6-89 Technical specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen LPUI-40
of the 4x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
board
name
Power About 304 W

consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
Heat 986 BTU/hour

dissipation
Board About 8 kg ( 17.64 lb )

weight
Dimensio 400 mm x 520mm x 41 mm ( 15.75 in. x 20.47 in. x 1.61 in. )

ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector LC
type
Lowest V600R001
Software
Version

Table 6-90 lists the product specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated
Table 6-90 Product specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol IEEE 802.3ae

and service IEEE 802.3x flow control
IEEE 802.1p Label

LAN/WAN mode

availability



6.5.2 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit

(LPUI-40)
Overview
Figure 6-33 shows 40-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit.
l GE optical module, providing features of GE optical interfaces.

l FE optical module, providing features of FE optical interfaces.
l Electrical interface SFP module, providing features of the 10M/100M/1000M adaptive
electrical interfaces.
l Intermixing of the preceding modules.

Figure 6-33 Appearance of the 40-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit
Panel
Table 6-91 Indicators on the panel of the 40-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
indicator is on.
(red)
(green) state.
Table 6-92 lists the interface attributes of the 40-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-92 Interface attributes of the 40-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit
Connector type LC/PC,RJ45

attributes

Network protocol IP


transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity

distance ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. )
transmitting dBm
power
transmitting
power
Receiving -17.0 -20.0 -22.5 -21.0 -23.0 -30.0

dBm


Table 6-95 lists the technical specifications of the 40-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-95 Technical specifications of the 40-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen LPUI-40
of the 40xFE/GE-SFP
board
name
Power About 304 W

consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
Heat 986 BTU/hour

dissipation
Board About 8 kg ( 17.64 lb )

weight

ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector LC/PC,RJ45
type
Lowest V600R001
Software
Version
Table 6-96 lists the product specifications of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.

Table 6-96 Product specifications of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line

Processing Unit.
Item Specifications

IEEE 802.3x flow control
IEEE 802.1p Label
Interface type SFP optical module

RJ-45

availability




(LPUI-41).

Unit (LPUI-41)
Overview
Processing Unit.

Unit
NOTE
The 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing Unit is a convergence board.
Panel
Figure 6-35shows the panel appearance of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit. Table 6-97 describes the indicators on the panel.
Processing Unit
Processing Unit
you need to press and hold the OFL button for about five seconds till
the OFL indicator is on.
(red)
(green) state.
L/A (green) If the indicator is on, the link is Up. If the indicator is blinking, the data
is being read or written. If the indicator is off, the link is Down.

Processing Unit.
Processing Unit
attributes
Network IP
protocol


Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

power

type

it additionally.

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )
Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen LPUI-41
of the 8 x 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
board
name
Power About 183 W

consumpti
on
(Typical
value)

dissipation

weight

ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector LC
type
Lowest V600R003
Software
Version

Table 6-102 lists the product specifications of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated
Processing Unit.
Item Specifications

l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP

availability l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:





Unit (LPUI-41)
Overview
Figure 6-36 shows the appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Figure 6-36 Appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit
Panel
Figure 6-37shows the panel appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Figure 6-37 Panel appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Table 6-103 Indicators on the panel of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
you need to press and hold the OFL button for about five seconds till
the OFL indicator is on.
(red)

(green) state.
(green) is being read or written. If the indicator is off, the link is Down.
Table 6-104 lists the interface attributes of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-104 Interface attributes of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
attributes
Network IP
protocol

distance mi. ) ( 24.86 mi ) mi. )
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity


power

type
it additionally.

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )
Table 6-107 lists the technical specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated
Table 6-107 Technical specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen LPUI-41
of the 4 x 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
board
name
Power About 155 W

consumpti
on
(Typical
value)

dissipation

Item Specifications

weight

ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector LC
type
Lowest V600R003
Software
Version
Table 6-108 Product specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Item Specifications

l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP

LAN/WAN mode

Item Specifications

availability l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:

Craft Works Interface (CWI)



(LPUI-41)
Overview
Figure 6-38 shows 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit.

Figure 6-38 Appearance of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit

Panel
Figure 6-39shows the panel appearance of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Figure 6-39 Panel appearance of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit
Table 6-109 Indicators on the panel of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Hold the button for five seconds till the OFL indicator is on. Then, the
(red)
Table 6-110 lists the interface attributes of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-110 Interface attributes of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit

attributes

Network protocol IP


distance mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) ( 24.86 mi. )
mi )

transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity


distance ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. )
transmitting dBm
power
transmitting
power
Receiving -17.0 -20.0 -22.5 -21.0 -23.0 -30.0

dBm


Table 6-113 lists the technical specifications of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated
Table 6-113 Technical specifications of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen LPUI-41
of the 48 x FE/GE-SFP
board
name
Power About 200 W

consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
Heat 682.4 BTU/hour

dissipation

weight

ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector LC
type
Lowest V600R003
Software
Version
Table 6-114 lists the product specifications of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.

Table 6-114 Product specifications of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Item Specifications

l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type SFP

availability l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:



6.6.4 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP

Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-41)

Overview
Figure 6-40 shows 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUI.
The twenty-four 100/1000Base interfaces can be installed with the following optical modules:
l Provides GE optical modules.

Figure 6-40 Appearance of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port 100/1000Base-X-

SFP LPUI
Panel
Figure 6-41shows the panel appearance of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUI. Table 6-115 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-41 Panel appearance of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port 100/1000Base-

X-SFP LPUI
Table 6-115 Indicators on the panel of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port

100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUI

(red)
Table 6-116 lists the interface attributes of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUI.
Table 6-116 Interface attributes of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port

Optical Compliant with the selected XFP and SFP optical modules. (for the
interface attributes of XFP and SFP modules, see Table 6-117 and Table 6-119)
attributes
Network IP
protocol


distance
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power


transmitting
power

sensitivity

optical power

type
8710–MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type.If this type of optical fiber is required, you

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 8710 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 871 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )


distance

transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity

power


transmission ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
power
transmitting
power
Receiving –17.0 –20.0 –22.5 –21.0 –23.0 –30.0

power dBm dBm

Table 6-121 lists the technical specifications of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port
Table 6-121 Technical specifications of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port

Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the LPUI-41

board name 2 x 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP–24 x FE/GE-SFP
Power About 180 W

consumption
(typical value)

Item Specifications

dissipation614.16
Dimensions 400 mm x 530 mm x 41 mm ( 15.75 in. x 20.87 in. x 1.61 in. )

(width x depth x
height)
Connector type LC

version
Table 6-122 lists the product specifications of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit.
Table 6-122 Product specifications of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port

Item Specifications

l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type SFP

XFP

Item Specifications

availability l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:




Unit (LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)
Overview
4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing Unit Supports 1588v2
Processing Unit.
Unit

Panel
Processing Unit
Processing Unit
(red)
Processing Unit.
Processing Unit
attributes

Network IP
protocol


Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

power

type
it additionally.

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen LPUI-41
of the 4 x 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-1588v2
board
name
Power About 186 W

consumpti
on
(Typical
value)

dissipation

weight

ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector LC
type
Lowest V600R003
Software
Version

Processing Unit.
Item Specifications

l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type XFP

availability l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:





Overview
40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit Supports 1588v2.
Figure 6-44 shows 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit

(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2).

Figure 6-44 Appearance of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit
Panel
Figure 6-45 Panel appearance of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)
Table 6-129 Indicators on the panel of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)

(red)
Table 6-130 lists the interface attributes of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2).
Table 6-130 Interface attributes of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)

attributes
Network protocol IP



transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity



distance ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. )
transmitting dBm
power
transmitting
power
Receiving -17.0 -20.0 -22.5 -21.0 -23.0 -30.0

dBm

Table 6-133 lists the technical specifications of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated
Line Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2).
Table 6-133 Technical specifications of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line

Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)
Item Specifications
Silkscreen LPUI-41
of the 40xFE/GE-SFP-1588v2
board
name

Item Specifications
Power About 188 W

consumpti
on
(Typical
value)

dissipation

weight

ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector LC
type
Lowest V600R003
Software
Version
Table 6-134 lists the product specifications of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Table 6-134 Product specifications of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line

Item Specifications

l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP

Item Specifications
Interface type SFP

availability l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:




Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)
Overview
2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit Supports 1588v2.
Figure 6-46 shows 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUI.
The twenty 100/1000Base interfaces can be installed with the following optical modules:


SFP LPUI
Panel
Figure 6-47shows the panel appearance of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUI. Table 6-135 describes the indicators on the panel.

X-SFP LPUI

(red)


Optical Compliant with the selected XFP and SFP optical modules. (for the
interface attributes of XFP and SFP modules, see Table 6-137 and Table 6-139)
attributes
Network IP
protocol


distance
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

optical power

type


(Mhz*km) (km)
50 8710 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 871 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

distance

transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity
power

transmission ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
power

transmitting
power
Receiving –17.0 –20.0 –22.5 –21.0 –23.0 –30.0

power dBm dBm

Table 6-141 lists the technical specifications of the 2–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP+20–Port
100/1000Base–X–SFP LPUI.
Table 6-141 Technical specifications of the 2–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP+20–Port

100/1000Base–X–SFP LPUI
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the LPUI-41

board name 2x10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP–20xFE/GE-SFP-1588v2
Power About 187 W

consumption
(typical value)

(width x depth x
height)
Connector type LC

version
Table 6-142 lists the product specifications of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port

Table 6-142 Product specifications of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port

Item Specifications

l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type SFP

XFP

availability l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:





6.7.1 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S

(LPUS-41)
Overview
Figure 6-48 shows the appearance of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Figure 6-48 Appearance of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S
NOTE
The 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S is a convergence board.
Panel
Figure 6-49shows the panel appearance of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S. Table 6-143 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-49 Panel appearance of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S
Table 6-143 Indicators on the panel of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S
(red)

Table 6-144 lists the interface attributes of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-144 Interface attributes of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit
S
attributes
Network IP
protocol

Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity


power

type
it additionally.

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )
Table 6-147 lists the technical specifications of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-147 Technical specifications of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S
Item Specifications
Silkscreen LPUS-41
board
name
Power About 183 W

consumpti
on
(Typical
value)

dissipation

Item Specifications

weight

ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector LC
type
Lowest V600R003
Software
Version
Table 6-148 lists the product specifications of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-148 Product specifications of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Item Specifications

l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type XFP optical interface

LAN/WAN mode

Item Specifications

availability l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:



6.7.2 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S

(LPUS-41)
Overview
Figure 6-50 shows the appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Figure 6-50 Appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S
Panel
Figure 6-51shows the panel appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line

Figure 6-51 Panel appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S
Table 6-149 Indicators on the panel of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S
(red)
Table 6-150 lists the interface attributes of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-150 Interface attributes of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit
S
attributes
Network IP
protocol



Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

power

type
it additionally.

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )
Table 6-153 lists the technical specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S.

Table 6-153 Technical specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S
Item Specifications
Silkscreen LPUS-41
board
name
Power About 155 W

consumpti
on
(Typical
value)

dissipation

weight

ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector LC
type
Lowest V600R003
Software
Version
Table 6-154 lists the product specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S.

Table 6-154 Product specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Item Specifications

l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type XFP optical interface

LAN/WAN mode

availability l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:



6.7.3 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-41)

Overview
Figure 6-52 shows 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing Unit S.
Figure 6-52 Appearance of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing Unit S
Panel
Figure 6-53shows the panel appearance of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing
Unit S. Table 6-155 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-53 Panel appearance of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing Unit S
Table 6-155 Indicators on the panel of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing Unit
S
(red)

Table 6-156 lists the interface attributes of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Table 6-156 Interface attributes of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing Unit S

attributes
Network protocol IP



transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity



distance ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. ) mi. )
transmitting dBm
power
transmitting
power
Receiving -17.0 -20.0 -22.5 -21.0 -23.0 -30.0

dBm

Table 6-159 lists the technical specifications of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-159 Technical specifications of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing Unit
S
Item Specifications
Silkscreen LPUS-41
of the 48xFE/GE-SFP
board
name
Power About 200 W

consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
Heat 682.4 BTU/hour

dissipation

weight

Item Specifications

ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector LC
type
Lowest V600R003
Software
Version
Table 6-160 lists the product specifications of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-160 Product specifications of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line Processing Unit
S.
Item Specifications

l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type 48-port FE/GE-SFP

availability l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:

Item Specifications




6.8.1 4-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S

(LPUS-20)
Overview
Figure 6-54 shows appearance of the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit
S. The 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S supports two working modes:
LAN and WAN.
Figure 6-54 Appearance of the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S
NOTE
The 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S is convergence .
Panel

Table 6-161 Indicators on the panel of the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S

indicator is on.
OFL indicator If the indicator is on, you can remove the board safely.
(red)
(green) state.
Processing Unit S.
S
attributes
Network IP
protocol


distance
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength


transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

optical power

type

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )
Table 6-165 lists the technical specifications of the 4–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-165 Technical specifications of the 4–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Line Processing
Unit S
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board LPUS-20

name 4 x 10GBase LAN/WAN - XFP

Item Specifications

(typical value)
Dimensions (width x depth 400 mm x 520 mm x 41mm ( 15.75 in. x 20.47 in. x 1.61 in. )
x height)
Connector type LC
Table 6-166 lists the product specifications of the 4–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-166 Product specifications of the 4–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol IP
and service
Interface type Optical interface: LC




6.8.2 40-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-20)
Overview
Figure 6-55 shows 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S.

The 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S provides the following functions:
l Provides GE optical interfaces through the GE optical module
l Provides FE optical interfaces through the FE optical module
l Provides 10M/100M/1000M auto-sensing electrical interfaces through the electrical
module
l Supports intermixing of all modules
Figure 6-55 Appearance of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S
NOTE
The 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S is convergence .
Panel
Table 6-167 Indicators on the panel of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S
indicator is on.
(red)
(green) state.
Table 6-168 lists the interface attributes of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit
S.

Table 6-168 Interface attributes of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S
Optical interface Compliant with the selected SFP optical module

attributes
Network protocol IP


distance

transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity
power


transmission ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
Minimum -9.5 dBm –9.5 dBm –4.5 dBm –4.0 –2.0 0 dBm
power

transmitting
power
Receiving –17.0 –20.0 –22.5 –21.0 –23.0 –30.0

power dBm dBm

Table 6-171 lists the technical specifications of the 40–port 100/1000Base–SFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Table 6-171 Technical specifications of the 40–port 100/1000Base–SFP Line Processing Unit
S
Item Specifications

name 40 x FE/GE–SFP

(typical value)
depth x height)
Connector type LC

version
Table 6-172 lists the product specifications of the 40–port 100/1000Base–SFP Line Processing
Unit S.

Table 6-172 Product specifications of the 40–port 100/1000Base–SFP Line Processing Unit S.
Item Specifications
and service

Electrical interface: RJ45




6.8.3 40-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit S
Overview
Figure 6-56 shows the appearance of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit
S.
Figure 6-56 Appearance of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit S
NOTE
The 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit S is convergence .
Panel

Table 6-173 Indicators on the panel of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit
S
indicator is on.
(red)
(green) state.
Table 6-174 lists the interface attributes of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing
Unit S.
Table 6-174 Interface attributes of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit S
Connector type RJ45
the interface works at 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s; Super category 5
works at 1000 Mbit/s
Network protocol IP
Table 6-175 lists the technical specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-175 Technical specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing

Unit S
Item Specifications
Silk screen of the LPUS-20

board name 40 x FE/GE-RJ45

Item Specifications

(typical value)
Dimensions (width 400 mm x 520 mm x 41mm ( 15.75 in. x 20.47 in. x 1.61 in. )
x depth x height)
Connector type RJ45

version
Table 6-176 lists the product specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-176 Product specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit
S.
Item Specifications
and service
Interface type Electrical interface: RJ45






Overview
The LPUF-21 has two models:LPUF-21-A and LPUF-21-B.
The LPUF-21-A supports all software features whereas the LPUF-21-B supports all software
features except L3VPN, MVPN, and IPv6.
The LPUF-21 provides two slots, each of which can hold one half-width FPIC.After removing
the slide rails between the two slots on the LPUF-21, you can insert a full-width FPIC into the
slot.
Panel
on the panel.



(green) state.

Item Specifications
x depth x height)
Power consumption About 189W

(typical value)

version

Item Specifications

availability l The LPUF-21-A supports all software features
l The LPUF-21-B does not support L3VPN, MVPN, or IPv6.
Hardware features

Item Specifications



6.9.1 1-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-59 shows the appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC.
Figure 6-59 Appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC
Panel
Figure 6-60 shows the panel appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC. Table

Figure 6-60 Panel appearance of the 1-port 10GE LAN/WAN FPIC
Table 6-180 Indicators on the panel of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC
alarm state.
Table 6-181 lists the interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC.
Table 6-181 Interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC
attributes

Network IP
protocol

distance
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength
Minimum -7.3 dBm –6.0 dBm –1.0 dBm 0 dBm

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

optical power

type
2000–MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type, which is not delivered by Huawei.If this type
of optical fiber is required, you need to purchase it additionally.

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2–300 ( 1.24 – 186.42 )
50 500 2–82 ( 1.24 – 50.95 )
62.5 200 2–33 ( 1.24 – 20.51 )

Table 6-184 lists the technical specifications of the 1–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP FPIC.
Table 6-184 Technical specifications of the 1–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP FPIC

Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board 1 x 10GBase LAN/WAN

name

(typical value)
depth x height)
Connector type LC

version
Table 6-185 lists the product specifications of the 1–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP FPIC.
Table 6-185 Product Specifications of the 1–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP FPIC.

Item Specifications
and service
Interface type XFP





6.9.2 1-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card A(Supporting

1588v2)
Overview
Figure 6-61 shows the appearance of the 1-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card A
Figure 6-61 Appearance of the 1-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card A(Supporting
1588v2)
Panel
Figure 6-62 shows the panel appearance of the 1-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card
A(Supporting 1588v2). Table 6-186 describes the indicators on the panel.

Figure 6-62 Panel appearance of the 1-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
Table 6-186 Indicators on the panel of the 1-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
alarm state.
Table 6-187 lists the interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card
Table 6-187 Interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
attributes

Network IP
protocol

distance
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

optical power

type

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2–300 ( 1.24 – 186.42 )
50 500 2–82 ( 1.24 – 50.95 )


(Mhz*km) (km)
62.5 200 2–33 ( 1.24 – 20.51 )
Table 6-190 lists the technical specifications of the 1–port 10GBase WAN/LAN–XFP Flexible
Table 6-190 Technical specifications of the 1–port 10GBase WAN/LAN–XFP Flexible Card
A(Supporting 1588v2)
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the 1x10GBase LAN/WAN–A

board name
Power About 13 W
consumption
(typical value)
Dimensions (width 145 mm x 180mm x 40mm ( 5.71 in. x 7.09 in. x 1.57 in. )
x depth x height)

version
Table 6-191 lists the product specifications of the 1–port 10GBase WAN/LAN–XFP Flexible
Table 6-191 Product specifications of the 1–port 10GBase WAN/LAN–XFP Flexible Card A
Item Specifications

and service PTP (supported by the system software package of V600R001C00 and
later versions)
Interface type XFP

Item Specifications




6.9.3 1-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
Overview
Figure 6-63 shows the appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B.
Figure 6-63 Appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
Panel
Figure 6-64 shows the panel appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
B. Table 6-192 describes the indicators on the panel.

Figure 6-64 Panel appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
Table 6-192 Indicators on the panel of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
alarm state.
Table 6-193 lists the interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
B.
Table 6-193 Interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
attributes


standard
Network IP
protocol

distance
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

optical power

type
2000–MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type, which is not delivered by Huawei. If this
type of optical fiber is required, you need to purchase it additionally.

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2–300 ( 1.24 – 186.42 )


(Mhz*km) (km)
50 500 2–82 ( 1.24 – 50.95 )
62.5 200 2–33 ( 1.24 – 20.51 )
Table 6-196 lists the technical specifications of the 1–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Flexible
Card B.
Table 6-196 Technical specifications of the 1–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Flexible Card B
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board P20–1x10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP–B

name
Power consumption 13W

(typical value)
depth x height)
Table 6-197 lists the product specifications of the 1–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Flexible
Card B.
Table 6-197 Product specifications of the 1–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Flexible Card B.
Item Specifications

later versions)
Interface type XFP


Item Specifications



6.9.4 1-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E
Overview
Figure 6-65 shows the appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E.
Figure 6-65 Appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E
Panel
Figure 6-66 shows the panel appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E. Table
6-198 lists the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-66 Panel appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E

Table 6-198 Indicators on the panel of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E
alarm state.
Table 6-199 lists the interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E.
Table 6-199 Interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E
attributes

standard
Network IP
protocol

Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power


sensitivity

power

type
modal/bandwidth is a special type, which is not delivered by Huawei. If this type of optical fibers
are required, you need to purchase it additionally.

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2~82 ( 1.24 ~ 50.95 )
62.5 200 2~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )
Table 6-202 lists the technical specifications of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E.
Table 6-202 Technical specifications of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E
Item Specifications
Silkscreen P20-1x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-E

of the
board
name
Power About 22 W
consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
Heat 71 BTU/hour
dissipation

Item Specifications

weight
Dimensio 145 mm×180 mm×40 mm ( 5.71 in. x 7.09 in. x 1.57 in. )
ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector LC/PC
type
Lowest V600R002
Software
Version
Table 6-203 lists the product specifications of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E.
Table 6-203 Product Specifications of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E.

Item Specifications

later versions)
Interface type XFP
Reliability and Hardware features

availability l Supports hot swap.


environment Short-term ambient temperat-re: –5°C to 55°C ( 23°F to 131°F )
Storage Storage temper-ture: –40°C to 70°C ( –40°F to 158°F )

environment Storage humidity: 0% to 95%
6.9.5 12-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card

Overview
Figure 6-67 shows the appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC. The 12-port
100/1000Base-SFP FPIC provides the following functions:
module
l Supports intermixing of all the preceding interfaces.
Figure 6-67 Appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC
Panel
Figure 6-68 shows the panel appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC. Table

Figure 6-68 Panel appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC
Table 6-204 Indicators on the panel of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC

alarm state.
Table 6-205 lists the interface attributes of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-205 Interface attributes of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC


attributes
Network protocol IP



distance
Minimum -19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm –5.0 dBm –5.0 dBm

transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity
power


transmission ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
power
transmitting
power
Receiving –17.0 –20.0 –22.5 –21.0 –23.0 –30.0

power dBm dBm


Table 6-208 lists the technical specifications of the 12–port 100/1000Base–SFP FPIC optical
interface FPIC.
Table 6-208 Technical specifications of the 12–port 100/1000Base–SFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board name 12 x 100/1000Base–SFP
Power consumption (typical About 14 W

value)
Dimensions (width x depth x 145 mm x 180mm x 40mm ( 5.71 in. x 7.09 in. x 1.57 in. )
height)
Connector type LC
Table 6-209 lists the product specifications of the 12–port 100/1000Base–SFP FPIC.
Table 6-209 Product specifications of the 12–port 100/1000Base–SFP FPIC.
Item Specifications
and service
Interface type LC/PC,RJ45





6.9.6 12-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2)
Overview
Figure 6-69 shows the appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A
Figure 6-69 Appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2)
Panel
Figure 6-70 shows the panel appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2). Table 6-210 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-70 Panel appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting
1588v2)

Table 6-210 Indicators on the panel of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
alarm state.
Table 6-211 lists the interface attributes of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A
Table 6-211 Interface attributes of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting
1588v2)

attributes
Network protocol IP


distance

transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity

power

transmission ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
power
transmitting
power
Receiving –17.0 –20.0 –22.5 –21.0 –23.0 –30.0

power dBm dBm

Table 6-214 lists the technical specifications of the 12–port 100/1000Base–SFP Flexible Card
Table 6-214 Technical specifications of the 12–port 100/1000Base–SFP Flexible Card A

(Supporting 1588v2)
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board 12x100/1000Base–SFP–A

name

(typical value)

Item Specifications
depth x height)

version
Table 6-215 lists the product specifications of the 12–port 100/1000Base–SFP Flexible Card A
Table 6-215 Product specifications of the 12–port 100/1000Base–SFP Flexible Card A

(Supporting 1588v2)
Item Specifications

and service PTP (supported by V600R001C01 and later versions)
Interface type SFP




6.9.7 12-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
Overview
Figure 6-71 shows the appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B.

Figure 6-71 Appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
Panel
Figure 6-72 shows the panel appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card
B. Table 6-216 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-72 Panel appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
Table 6-216 Indicators on the panel of the 12-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
alarm state.

Table 6-217 lists the interface attributes of the 12-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B.
Table 6-217 Interface attributes of the 12-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B


attributes
Compliant IEEE 802.3-2002

standard
Network protocol IP


distance

transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity
power


transmission ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
power
transmitting
power
Receiving –17.0 –20.0 –22.5 –21.0 –23.0 –30.0

power dBm dBm

Table 6-220 lists the technical specifications of the 12–port 100/1000Base–X–SFP Flexible
Card B.
Table 6-220 Technical specifications of the 12–port 100/1000Base–X–SFP Flexible Card B
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board P20–10xGE–SFP–E

name
Power consumption About 18W

(typical value)
depth x height)

version

Table 6-221 lists the product specifications of the 12–port 100/1000Base–X–SFP Flexible Card
B.
Table 6-221 Product specifications of the 12–port 100/1000Base–X–SFP Flexible Card B.
Item Specifications

Interface type SFP




6.9.8 10-Port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E
Overview
Figure 6-73 shows the appearance of the 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E.
Figure 6-73 Appearance of the 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E

Panel
Figure 6-74 shows the panel appearance of the 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E. Table
Figure 6-74 Panel appearance of the 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E
Table 6-222 Indicators on the panel of the 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E
alarm state.
Table 6-223 lists the interface attributes of the 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E.
Table 6-223 Interface attributes of the 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E


attributes

standard
Network protocol IP



transmission ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
transmitting dBm
power
transmitting
power
Receiving –17.0 –20.0 –22.5 –21.0 –23.0 –30.0

power dBm dBm

Table 6-225 lists the technical specifications of the 10–port 1000Base–X–SFP Flexible Card E.
Table 6-225 Technical specifications of the 10–port 1000Base–X–SFP Flexible Card E

Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the P20–10xGE–SFP–E

board name

(typical value)
depth x height)

version

Table 6-226 lists the product specifications of the 10–port 1000Base–X–SFP Flexible Card E
FPIC.
Table 6-226 Product specifications of the 10–port 1000Base–X–SFP Flexible Card E FPIC.
Item Specifications

Interface type SFP




Overview
Figure 6-75 Appearance of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC

Panel
Figure 6-76 shows the panel appearance of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC. Table
Figure 6-76 Panel appearance of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
Table 6-227 Indicators on the panel of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC

alarm state.
LINK (green)/ If the indicator is on, the link is Up. If the indicator is blinking, the data
ACT indicator is being read or written. If the indicator is off, the link is Down.
(yellow)
Table 6-228 lists the interface attributes of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.

Table 6-228 Interface attributes of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
Connector type RJ45
the interface works at 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s; super category 5
works at 1000 Mbit/s..
Network protocol IP
Table 6-229 lists the technical specifications of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Table 6-229 Technical specifications of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
Item Specifications
Silk screen of the board 12 x 10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45

name

(typical value)
depth x height)
Connector type RJ45

version
Table 6-230 lists the product specifications of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Table 6-230 Product specifications of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Item Specifications
and service

Item Specifications
Interface type RJ45




6.9.10 1-Port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-77 shows the appearance of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP optical interface
FPIC.
Figure 6-77 Appearance of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP optical interface FPIC
Panel
Figure 6-78shows the panel appearance of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP optical
interface FPIC. Table 6-231 describes the indicators on the panel.

Figure 6-78 Panel appearance of the the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP optical interface
FPIC
Table 6-231 Indicators on the panel of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP optical interface
FPIC
alarm state.
Table 6-232 lists the interface attributes of the OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC.
Table 6-232 Interface attributes of the OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC
Optical interface Compliant with the selected XFP optical module. (for the attributes of
attributes XFP modules, see Table 6-233)

Link protocol PPP or HDLC
Network protocol IP

Maximum 10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71 mi. )

transmission
distance
Minimum -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm

transmitting power
Maximum -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm

transmitting power
Receiving -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm

sensitivity
Overload optical 0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm

power
Optical fiber type Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode
The 10G XFP multi-mode optical module transceiver supports two types of multi-mode optical
restricted by the transmission distance. In addition, the optical fiber with the 50-um core and
2000-MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type, which is not delivered by Huawei. If this

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2–300 ( 1.24 – 186.42 )
50 500 2–82 ( 1.24 – 50.95 )
62.5 200 2–33 ( 1.24 – 20.51 )
Table 6-235 lists the technical specifications of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC.

Table 6-235 Technical specifications of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC

Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the 1xOC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP

board name

(typical value)
depth x height)
Connector type LC

version
6.9.11 4-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S

(LPUS-20)
Overview
Figure 6-79 shows appearance of the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit
S. The 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S supports two working modes:
LAN and WAN.
Figure 6-79 Appearance of the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S
NOTE
The 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP FPIC is convergence .
Panel
Figure 6-80 shows the panel appearance of the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line

Figure 6-80 Panel appearance of the the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit
S
Table 6-236 Indicators on the panel of the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S
state.

Processing Unit S.
S
attributes
Network IP
protocol



distance
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

optical power

type

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )
Table 6-240 lists the technical specifications of the 4–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Line
Processing Unit S.

Table 6-240 Technical specifications of the 4–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Line Processing
Unit S
Item Specifications

name 4 x 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP

(typical value)
Dimensions (width x depth 345 mm x 185 mm x 41mm ( 13.58 in. x 7.28 in. x 1.61 in. )
x height)
Connector type LC
Table 6-241 lists the product specifications of the 4–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-241 Product specifications of the 4–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Item Specifications
and service





Overview
Figure 6-81 Appearance of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
NOTE
The 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC is a convergence board.
Panel
Figure 6-82shows the panel appearance of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC. Table
Figure 6-82 Panel appearance of the the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
Table 6-242 Indicators on the panel of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
state.
LINK (green)/ If the indicator is on, the link is Up.

ACT indicator If the indicator is blinking, the data is being read or written.
(yellow)

Table 6-243 lists the interface attributes of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Table 6-243 Interface attributes of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC

Connector type RJ45
the interface works at 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s; Super category 5
works at 1000 Mbit/s
Network protocol IP
Table 6-244 lists the technical specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Table 6-244 Technical specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC

Item Specifications
Silk screen of the 40 x 10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45

board name

(typical value)
Dimensions (width 345 mm x 185 mm x 41mm ( 13.58 in. x 7.28 in. x 1.61 in. )
x depth x height)
Connector type RJ45

version
Table 6-245 lists the product specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.

Table 6-245 Product specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Item Specifications
and service
Interface type Electrical interface: RJ45




6.9.13 40-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-83 shows 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC.
The 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC provides the following functions:

module
l Supports intermixing of all modules
Figure 6-83 Appearance of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC

NOTE
The 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC is a convergence board.
Panel
Figure 6-84 shows the panel appearance of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC. Table
Figure 6-84 Panel appearance of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC
Table 6-246 Indicators on the panel of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC
state.

Table 6-247 lists the interface attributes of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-247 Interface attributes of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC

attributes
Network protocol IP



distance

transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity
power


transmission ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
Minimum -9.5 dBm –9.5 dBm –4.5 dBm –4.0 –2.0 0 dBm
power
transmitting
power
Receiving –17.0 –20.0 –22.5 –21.0 –23.0 –30.0

power dBm dBm

Table 6-250 lists the technical specifications of the 40–port 100/1000Base–SFP FPIC.

Table 6-250 Technical specifications of the 40–port 100/1000Base–SFP FPIC

Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board 40 x 100/1000Base–SFP

name

(typical value)
depth x height)
Connector type LC

version
Table 6-251 lists the product specifications of the 40–port 100/1000Base–SFP FPIC.
Table 6-251 Product specifications of the 40–port 100/1000Base–SFP FPIC.

Item Specifications
and service

Electrical interface: RJ45






Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-85 shows 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC.
l Provides GE optical modules

l Provides GE optical modules
auto-sensing electrical interfaces

SFP FPIC
NOTE
The 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC is a convergence board.
Panel
Figure 6-86 shows the panel appearance of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC. Table 6-252 describes the indicators on the panel.

X-SFP FPIC


100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC
alarm state.
100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC.

100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC
Connector type LC/PC,RJ45
attributes
Network IP
protocol


distance
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power


transmitting
power

sensitivity

optical power

type

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2–300 ( 1.24 – 186.42 )
50 500 2–82 ( 1.24 – 50.95 )
62.5 200 2–33 ( 1.24 – 20.51 )


distance

transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity

power

transmission ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
power
transmitting
power
Receiving –17.0 –20.0 –22.5 –21.0 –23.0 –30.0

power dBm dBm

Table 6-258 lists the technical specifications of the 2–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP+20–Port
100/1000Base–X–SFP FPIC.
Table 6-258 Technical specifications of the 2–port 10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP+20–Port

100/1000Base–X–SFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the P20–2x10GBase LAN/WAN–XFP–20xFE/GE-SFP

board name
Power About 58 W
consumption
(typical value)

Item Specifications

(width x depth x
height)
Connector type LC

version

Overview
The LPUF-10 provides four slots that can hold full-height FPICs or four half-height FPICs.
An FPIC supports the following functions:
l Hot swap
l Automatic recovery of configurations
l Intermixing with other types of FPICs
Panel
on the panel.



(green) state.

Item Specifications
x depth x height)

(typical value)
Board weight About 5kg ( 11.02 lb )

Item Specifications

availability l Nonstop Forwarding (NSF)
l Online insertion and removal (OIR)
l MPLS Fast Reroute (FRR)
Hardware features



6.10.1 1-Port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-89 shows the appearance of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC.
Figure 6-89 Appearance of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC

Panel
Figure 6-90 shows the panel appearance of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC.
Figure 6-90 Panel appearance of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC
Table 6-262 Indicators on the panel of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC
alarm state.
Table 6-263 lists the interface attributes of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC.
Table 6-263 Interface attributes of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC

attributes
Frame format PPP or HDLC
Network IP
protocol

transmission
distance

transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity
Overload optical 0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm

power
The 10G XFP multi-mode optical module transceiver supports two types of multi-mode optical
restricted by the transmission distance. In addition, the optical fiber with the 50-um core and
2000-MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type, which is not delivered by Huawei. If this

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2–300 ( 1.24 – 186.42 )
50 500 2–82 ( 1.24 – 50.95 )


(Mhz*km) (km)
62.5 200 2–33 ( 1.24 – 20.51 )
Table 6-266 lists the technical specifications of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC.
Table 6-266 Technical specifications of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the FPIC-1 x OC192-POS

board name
Power About 22 W
consumption
(typical value)

(width x depth x
height)
Connector type LC

version
6.10.2 1-Port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-91 shows the appearance of the 1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC.
Figure 6-91 Appearance of the 1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC

Panel
Figure 6-92 shows the panel appearance of the 1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC. Table
Figure 6-92 Panel appearance of the 1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC
Table 6-267 Indicators on the panel of the 1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC
alarm state.
Table 6-268 lists the interface attributes of the 1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-268 Interface attributes of the 1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC

Optical Compliant with the selected SFP optical module. (for the attributes of SFP
attributes
Network IP
protocol
Table 6-269 Attributes of 2.5G SFP optical modules
Maximum 2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32 40 km ( 24.86 80 km ( 49.71 mi. )

distance
Center 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power
Maximum –3.0 dBm 0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm

transmitting
power

sensitivity
Overload –3.0 dBm 0 dBm –9.0 dBm –9.0 dBm

optical power

type
Table 6-270 lists the technical specifications of the 1–port OC–48c/STM–16c POS–SFP FPIC.
Table 6-270 Technical specifications of the 1–port OC–48c/STM–16c POS–SFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the FPIC–1 x OC48–POS

board name

Item Specifications

(typical value)
depth x height)
Connector type LC

version
Table 6-271 lists the product specifications of the 1–port OC–48c/STM–16c POS–SFP FPIC.
Table 6-271 Product specifications of the 1–port OC–48c/STM–16c POS–SFP FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol PPP or HDLC

and service
Interface type SFP




Overview

Panel

alarm state.

attributes
Network IP
protocol


distance
Center 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power
Maximum -3.0 dBm 0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm

transmitting
power


sensitivity
Overload -3.0 dBm 0 dBm -9.0 dBm -9.0 dBm

optical power

type
Table 6-275 lists the technical specifications of the 2-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-275 Technical specifications of the 2-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board FPIC-2 x OC48-POS

name

(typical value)
depth x height)
Connector type LC

version
Table 6-276 lists the product specifications of the 2-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-276 Product specifications of the 2-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC.
Item Specifications

and service
Interface type SFP


Item Specifications


conditions Short-term ambient temperatur-: –5°C to +55°C ( 23°F to 131°F )
Storage conditions Storage temperat-re: –40°C to +70°C ( –40°F to 158°F )

Overview
Panel

alarm state.
attributes

Network IP
protocol


distance
Center 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity
Overload –3.0 dBm 0 dBm –9.0 dBm –9.0 dBm

optical power

type

Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board FPIC–4 x OC48–POS

name

(typical value)

Item Specifications
depth x height)
Connector type LC

Item Specifications

and service
Interface type SFP




Overview

Panel

alarm state.

Optical Compliant with the selected SFP optical module (for the attributes of SFP
attributes
Network IP
protocol


transmission
distance
Center 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm

wavelength
Minimum -15.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm

transmitting
power

transmitting
power


sensitivity
Overload –8.0 dBm –8.0 dBm –8.0 dBm

optical power
Optical fiber Single–mode Single–mode Single–mode

type
Item Specifications

board name

(typical value)
depth x height)
Connector type LC

version
Item Specifications

and service
Interface type SFP


Item Specifications



Overview
Panel

alarm state.
attributes

Network IP
protocol

transmission
distance

wavelength

transmitting
power
Maximum -8 dBm 2.0 dBm 2.0 dBm

transmitting
power

sensitivity

optical power

type
Item Specifications

board name
Power About 25 W
consumption
(typical value)

Item Specifications

(width x depth x
height)
Connector type LC

version

Item Specifications

and service
Interface type SFP




Overview

Panel

alarm state.

attributes
Network IP
protocol

Maximum 2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32 40 km ( 24.86 80 km ( 49.71

transmission mi. ) mi. ) mi. )
distance
Center 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power


sensitivity
Overload –14.0 dBm –8.0 dBm –10.0 dBm –10.0 dBm

optical power

type
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the FPIC–4×OC3–POS

board name

(typical value)
depth x height)
Connector type LC

version
Item Specifications

and service
Interface type SFP


Item Specifications



Overview
Panel

alarm state.
attributes

Network IP
protocol


distance
Center 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

optical power

type

Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board FPIC–8 x OC3–POS

name

(typical value)

Item Specifications
depth x height)
Connector type LC

version

Item Specifications

and service
Interface type SFP




6.10.9 2-Port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-105 shows the appearance of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC.

Figure 6-105 Appearance of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC
Panel
Figure 6-106 shows the panel appearance of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC. Table
Figure 6-106 Panel appearance of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC
Table 6-302 Indicators on the panel of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC
alarm state.

Table 6-303 lists the interface attributes of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-303 Interface attributes of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC
attributes
Link protocol IPoA
Network IP
protocol

transmission
distance

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power
Receiving -31.0 dBm –30.0 dBm –30.0 dBm

sensitivity

optical power

type
Table 6-305 lists the technical specifications of the 2–port OC–12c/STM–4c ATM–SFP FPIC.

Table 6-305 Technical specifications of the 2–port OC–12c/STM–4c ATM–SFP FPIC

Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the FPIC–2 x OC12–ATM

board name
Power About 24 W
consumption
(typical value)

(width x depth x
height)
Connector type LC

version
Table 6-306 lists the product specifications of the 2–port OC–12c/STM–4c ATM–SFP FPIC.
Table 6-306 Product Specifications of the 2–port OC–12c/STM–4c ATM–SFP FPIC.

Item Specifications
Supported protocol CBR ,rtVBR , nrtVBR ,UBR ,PVC shaping, and PVP shaping
and service
Interface type SFP





6.10.10 4-Port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-107 shows the appearance of the 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC.
Figure 6-107 Appearance of the 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC
Panel
Figure 6-108 shows the panel appearance of the 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC. Table
Figure 6-108 Panel appearance of the 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC

Table 6-307 Indicators on the panel of the 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC
alarm state.
Table 6-308 lists the interface attributes of the 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-308 Interface attributes of the 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC

attributes
Link protocol IPoA
Network IP
protocol


distance
Center 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm

wavelength
Minimum -19.0 dBm –15.0 dBm –5.0 dBm –5.0 dBm

transmitting
power

transmitting
power


sensitivity

optical power

type
Table 6-310 lists the technical specifications of the 4–port OC–3c/STM–1c ATM–SFP FPIC.
Table 6-310 Technical specifications of the 4–port OC–3c/STM–1c ATM–SFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the FPIC–4 x OC3–ATM

board name
Power About 23 W
consumption
(typical value)

(width x depth x
height)
Connector type LC

version
Table 6-311 lists the product specifications of the 4–port OC–3c/STM–1c ATM–SFP.
Table 6-311 Product specifications of the 4–port OC–3c/STM–1c ATM–SFP.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol CBR, rtVBR, nrtVBR, UBR, PVC shaping, and PVP shaping
and service
Interface type SFP

Item Specifications




6.10.11 8-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-109 shows 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC.
The 8-port 100/1000Base-SFP supports the following interface modules:
l GE optical module, providing features of GE optical interfaces

l FE optical module, providing features of FE optical interfaces
l Electrical interface SFP module, providing features of the 10M/100M/1000M auto-sensing
electrical interfaces
l Intermixing of the preceding modules
Figure 6-109 Appearance of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC
Panel

Table 6-312 Indicators on the panel of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC

state.

Table 6-313 lists the interface attributes of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-313 Interface attributes of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC

Connector type LC/PC, RJ45

attributes
Network protocol IP


distance
Minimum -19.0 dBm –15.0 dBm –5.0 dBm –5.0 dBm

transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity

power


transmission ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
power
transmitting
power
Receiving –17.0 –20.0 –22.5 –21.0 –23.0 –30.0

power dBm dBm

Table 6-316 Interface attributes of the electrical interface (SFP)

Connector type RJ45
Working mode 10M/100M/1000M

Half–duplex and full–duplex
Cable specification Category 5 UTP cable recommended when

the interface works at 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/
s
Super category 5 STP cable recommended
when the interface works at 1000 Mbit/s
Compliant standard IEEE 802.3z

Frame format Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, and

Ethernet_SNAP
Network protocol IP
Table 6-317 lists the technical specifications of the 8–port 100/1000Base–X–SFP FPIC.
Table 6-317 Technical specifications of the 8–port 100/1000Base–X–SFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the FPIC–8 x GE

board name

(typical value)
x depth x height)
Connector type LC

version
Table 6-318 lists the product specifications of the 8–port 100/1000Base–X–SFP FPIC.
Table 6-318 Product Specifications of the 8–port 100/1000Base–X–SFP FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol Ethernet_II,Ethernet_SAP,Ethernet_SNAP

and service
Interface type SFP



Item Specifications


6.10.12 8-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting

1588v2)
Overview
Figure 6-110 shows 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2).
The 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A,is called E8GFB for short. It is an flexible
card that supports IEEE1588v2. The E8GFB is applicable to the 10 G LPU (that is LPUF-10)
and supports the following interface modules:
l GE optical module, providing features of GE optical interfaces

l FE optical module, providing features of FE optical interfaces
l Electrical interface SFP module, providing features of the 10M/100M/1000M auto-sensing
electrical interfaces
l Intermixing of the preceding modules
Figure 6-110 Appearance of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting

1588v2)
Panel

Table 6-319 Indicators on the panel of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A
state.

Table 6-320 lists the interface attributes of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A.
Table 6-320 Interface attributes of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A

Connector type LC/PC, RJ45

attributes

standard
Network protocol IP


distance
Minimum -19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm –5.0 dBm –5.0 dBm

transmitting power

transmitting power


sensitivity
power

transmission ( 0.34 ( 6.21 ( 24.86 ( 24.86 ( 49.71 ( 62.14
power
transmitting
power
Receiving –17.0 –20.0 –22.5 –21.0 –23.0 –30.0

power dBm dBm

Table 6-323 lists the technical specifications of the 8–port 100/1000Base–X–SFP Flexible Card
A.
Table 6-323 Technical specifications of the 8–port 100/1000Base–X–SFP Flexible Card A
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the P10–8×FE/GE–SFP–A

board name

(typical value)

Item Specifications
x depth x height)
Connector type LC

version
Table 6-324 lists the product specifications of the 8–port 100/1000Base–X–SFP Flexible Card
A.
Table 6-324 Product Specifications of the 8–port 100/1000Base–X–SFP Flexible Card A.

Item Specifications

IEEE 802.3x Traffic control
IEEE 802.1p Label
IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
Interface type SFP

RJ–45





6.10.13 2-Port Channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-111 shows the appearance of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC.
Figure 6-111 Appearance of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC
Panel
Figure 6-112 shows the panel appearance of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP
FPIC. Table 6-325 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-112 Panel appearance of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC
Table 6-325 Indicators on the panel of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC
alarm state.
Table 6-326 lists the interface attributes of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP
FPIC.

Table 6-326 Interface attributes of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC
attributes
Link protocol HDLC, PPP, MP, or cRTP
Network IP
protocol


distance
Center 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity
Overload -14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -10.0 dBm

optical power

type
Table 6-328 lists the technical specifications of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-
SFP FPIC.

Table 6-328 Technical specifications of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the 2 x cPOS/STM1-SFP

board name

(typical value)
Dimensions (width x 145mm x 185mm x 20mm ( 5.71 in. x 7.28 in. x 0.79 in. )
depth x height)
Connector type LC

version
Table 6-329 lists the product specifications of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP
FPIC.
Table 6-329 Product specifications of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC.
Item Specifications

and service
Interface type SFP



conditions Short-term ambient temperature: -5°C to +55°C ( 23°F to 131°F )
Storage conditions Storage temperature: -40°C to +70°C ( –40°F to 158°F )


6.10.14 24-Port Channelized E1/T1-DB100 Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-113 shows the appearance of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC.
Figure 6-113 Appearance of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC
Panel
Figure 6-114 shows the panel appearance of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC. Table
Figure 6-114 Panel appearance of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC
Table 6-330 Indicators on the panel of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC
alarm state.

Table 6-331 lists the interface attributes of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC.
Table 6-331 Interface attributes of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC

Connector type RJ48
Electrical CE1/CT1
interface
attribute
Link protocol HDLC, PPP, MLPPP, cRTP
Network IP
protocol
Table 6-332 lists the technical specifications of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC.
Table 6-332 Technical specifications of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC

Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the 24xcE1/cT1-DB 100

board name

(typical value)
x depth x height)
Connector type RJ48

version
Table 6-333 lists the product specifications of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC.

Table 6-333 Product Specifications of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol PPP, MPPP, HDLC, and cRTP

and service ATM AAL0, IMA, and PWE3
Interface type SFP




Conversion Box
Figure 6-115 shows the appearance of the 24-port E1/T1 DB100 to RJ48 port conversion box.
Figure 6-115 Appearance of the 24-port E1/T1 DB100 to RJ48 port conversion box
Figure 6-116 shows the appearance of the 48-port E1/T1 DB100 to RJ48 port conversion box.
Figure 6-116 Appearance of the 48-port E1/T1 DB100 to RJ48 port conversion box
Figure 6-117 shows the appearance of the 24-port E1/T1 DB100 to SMB port conversion box.

Figure 6-117 Appearance of the 24-port E1/T1 DB100 to SMB port conversion box
The CR53CFE1 provides 24 E1/T1 interfaces. The connectors on the CR53CFE1 are of the
DB100 type, which cannot be directly used. Thus, you need to use transfer cables to connect the
24 E1 port conversion box and the CR53CFE1. In this manner, the conversion box provides
RJ48 interfaces and SMB interfaces that can be directly used. The selection of the balanced or
unbalanced conversion box and associated E1/T1 cables is determined by site survey results.
l The remote interface is a 120-ohm balanced RJ48 interface.

– If the remote interface is a 120-ohm balanced RJ48 interface, you need to select E1/T1
trunk cables with RJ48 connectors at both ends and a DB100 to RJ48 port conversion
box. The maximum transmission distance is 270 m ( 88.58 ft ).
l The remote interface is a 75-ohm unbalanced SMB interface.
– If the remote interface is a 75-ohm unbalanced SMB interface, you need to select a 24-
port E1/T1 DB100 to SMB port conversion box and suitable cables. In addition, the
cable end that is connected to the customer's device is not equipped with a terminal, so
the customer needs to prepare the terminal. In this case, the maximum transmission
distance is shorter than 200 m.
6.10.15 4-Port Clear Channel E3/Channelized T3-SMB Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-118 shows the appearance of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB FPIC.
Figure 6-118 Appearance of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB FPIC
Panel
Figure 6-119 shows the panel appearance of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB
FPIC. Table 6-334 describes the indicators on the panel.

Figure 6-119 Panel appearance of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB FPIC
Table 6-334 Indicators on the panel of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB FPIC
alarm state.
Table 6-335 lists the interface attributes of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB
FPIC.
Table 6-335 Interface attributes of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB FPIC
Connector type SMB
Electrical E3/CT3
interface
attribute
Link protocol HDLC, PPP, MLPPP, or cRTP
Network IP
protocol
Table 6-336 lists the technical specifications of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-
SMB FPIC.

Table 6-336 Technical specifications of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the 4xE3/cT3-SMB

board name

(typical value)
depth x height)
Connector type SMB

version

Hardware Description 7 Cables
7 Cables
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the external cables.
7.1 DC-Input Power Cable

This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the DC-input power cable.
7.2 AC-input Power Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the AC-input power cable.
7.3 Chassis and Cabinet Grounding Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the chassis and cabinet ground
cable.
7.4 Console Port Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the console interface cable.
7.5 Auxiliary Port Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the AUX interface cable.
7.6 Clock Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the clock cable.
7.7 Ethernet Cable
Ethernet cables are classigied into two types: straight-through cables and crossover cables.
7.8 Optical Fiber
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the optical fiber.
7.9 CE1/CT1/E3/T3 Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the CE1/CT1/C3/T3 cable.

7.1 DC-Input Power Cable

This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the DC-input power cable.
7.1.1 NE40E-X16 DC-Input Power Cable
CAUTION
If the power supply distance is longer than 35 m ( 114.83 ft ) , you need to place the power
distribution cabinet near the NE40E. For cables to be selected, see Power Supply Distance
Shorter Than 15 m ( 49.21 ft ).
You need to prepare suitable cables according to the surveyed power supply distance between
the NE40E and the power distribution cabinet.
Power Supply Distance Shorter Than 15 m ( 49.21 ft )

If the power supply distance is shorter than 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) , use the 16 mm^2 ( 0.02 in.^2 )
power cable to connect the NE40E and the power distribution cabinet. Table 7-1 lists the cable
terminals and cable types..
Table 7-1 Cables used when the power supply distance is shorter than 15 m ( 49.21 ft )
Item Description
Terminal Naked Crimping Terminal,JG2,16mm^2,M6,95A,Tin Plated,for OEM
Naked Crimping Terminal,OT,16mm^2,M8,Tin Plating,Naked Ring

Terminal
Cable type Wire,450/750V,227 IEC 02(RV)16mm^2,blue,85A
Wire,450/750V,227 IEC 02(RV)16mm^2,black,85A
Power Supply Distance Longer Than 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) and Shorter Than 25 m ( 82.02
ft )
If the power supply distance is longer than 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) and shorter than 25 m ( 82.02 ft ),
use the 25 mm^2 ( 0.04 in.^2 )power cable to connect the NE40E to the power distribution
cabinet. Table 7-2 lists the cable terminals and cable types..

Table 7-2 Cables used when the power supply distance is longer than 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) and
shorter than 25 m ( 82.02 ft )
Item Description
Terminal Naked Crimping Connector,JG2,25mm^2,M6,150A,Tin Plating,For OEM

Terminal
Cable type Wire,450/750V,227 IEC 02(RV)25mm^2,blue
ft )
If the power supply distance is longer than 25 m ( 82.02 ft )and shorter than 35 m ( 114.83 ft ),
use the 35 mm^2 ( 0.05 in.^2 )power cable to connect the NE40E and the power distribution
cabinet. Table 7-3 lists the cable terminals and cable types.
Item Description
Terminal Naked Crimping Connector,JG2,34.3mm^2,M6(1/4"),134A,Tin Plated,

2AWG,Hole Center Distance 15.875mm(5/8"),Short Tube,for North
American

Terminal
Cable type Wire,450/750V,227 IEC 02(RV)35mm^2,Blue,135A
CAUTION
If the power supply distance is longer than 35 m ( 114.83 ft ), you need to place the power


If the power supply distance is shorter than 15 m ( 49.21 ft ), use the 16 mm^2 ( 0.02 in.^2 )
power cable to connect the NE40E and the power distribution cabinet.Table 7-4 lists the cable
terminals and cable types.
Item Description

Terminal
ft )
use the 25 mm^2 ( 0.04 in.^2 ) power cable to connect the NE40E and the power distribution
cabinet. Table 7-5 lists the cable terminals and cable types..
Table 7-5 Cables for Power Distance More than 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) but Less than 25 m ( 82.02
ft )
Item Description

Terminal
ft )
cabinet.Table 7-6 lists the cable terminals and cable types.

Item Description
Terminal Naked Crimping Connector,JG2,34.3mm^2,M6(1/4"),134A,Tin Plated,

2AWG,Hole Center Distance 15.875mm(5/8"),Short Tube,for North
American

Terminal
Cable type Wire,450/750V,227 IEC 02(RV)35mm^2,Blue,135A
CAUTION

power cable to connect the NE40E and the power distribution cabinet.Table 7-7 lists the cable
Table 7-7 Cable used when the power supply distance is shorter than 15 m ( 49.21 ft )
Item Description

Terminal

ft )
use the 25 mm^2 ( 0.04 in.^2 ) power cable to connect in the NE40E and the power distribution
Item Description

Terminal
7.1.4 NE40E-8 DC-Input Power Cable
CAUTION
distribution cabinet near the NE40E. For cables to be selected see Power Supply Distance Shorter
Than 25 m ( 82.02 ft ).

power cable to connect the NE40E and the power distribution cabiner. Table 7-9 lists the cable
Item Description
Terminal Bare crimping terminal-JG2 type-25mm^2-M8-150A
Bare crimping terminal-OT-25mm^2-M8-tin plating
Cable type Power cable -750V/450V-227 IEC 02(RV)-25mm^2-blue-110A
Power cable -450V/750V-227 IEC 02(RV)-25mm^2-black-110A

ft )
Table 7-10 Cables for Power Distance More than 25 m ( 82.02 ft ) but Less than 35 m ( 114.83
ft )
Item Description
Terminal Bare crimping terminal-JG2-35mm^2-M8-210A- tin plating-OEM
Bare crimping terminal-OT-35mm^2-M8-tin plating
Cable type Power cable -450V/750V-227 IEC 02(RV)-35mm^2-blue-135A
Power cable -450V/750V-227 IEC 02(RV)-35mm^2-black-135A
7.2 AC-input Power Cable

This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the AC-input power cable.
7.2.1 NE40E-X16 AC-input Power Cable

If the distance between an AC-DC convertor and a chassis is shorter than 3 m ( 9.84 ft ), use the
AC power cable shown in Table 7-11.
Table 7-11 Cable types and cable terminals of the AC-input power cable
Item Description
Cable Type Monitor and Alarm Cable,3m,D9M,CC4P0.48B(S),D9M
Wire,450/750V,227 IEC 02(RV)16mm^2,blue,85A
Terminal Naked Crimping Terminal,JG2,16mm^2,M6,95A,Tin Plated,for

OEM
If the distance between an AC-DC convertor and a chassis is shorter than 50 m ( 164.04 ft ), use
the AC power cable shown in Table 7-12.

Item Description
Cable Type Power Cable,300/500V,60227IEC10(BVV),6mm^2,Black Jacket

(Cores:Blue,Brown),43A,2 Equivalent Cores
Terminal Naked Crimping Terminal,OT,6mm^2,M6,Tin Plating,Insulated Ring

Terminal,12~10AWG,yellow
Naked Crimping Terminal,OT,6mm^2,M8,Tin Plating,Insulated Ring

CAUTION
If the power supply distance is longer than 50 m ( 164.04 ft ) , you need to place the power
distribution cabinet near the NE40E.
If the distance between an AC-DC convertor and a chassis is shorter than 3 m ( 9.84 ft ), use the
AC power cable shown in Table 7-13.
Item Description
Cable Type Monitor and Alarm Cable,3m,D9M,CC4P0.48B(S),D9M
Wire,450/750V,227 IEC 02(RV)16mm^2,blue,85A
Terminal Naked Crimping Terminal,JG2,16mm^2,M6,95A,Tin Plated,for

OEM
If the distance between an AC-DC convertor and a chassis is shorter than 50 m ( 164.04 ft ), use
the AC power cable shown in Table 7-14.
Item Description
Cable Type Power Cable,300/500V,60227IEC10(BVV),6mm^2,Black Jacket

(Cores:Blue,Brown),43A,2 Equivalent Cores
Terminal Naked Crimping Terminal,OT,6mm^2,M6,Tin Plating,Insulated Ring


Item Description
Naked Crimping Terminal,OT,6mm^2,M8,Tin Plating,Insulated Ring

CAUTION
distribution cabinet near the NE40E.

Table 7-15 lists the type of the AC-input power cable.
Table 7-15 Cable type of the AC-input power cable

Item Description
Cable type Chinese AC Power Cable 220V16A,3m,3*2.5mm^2,Black,I-Type

Angle Plug,227IEC53-2.5^2(3C),C19 Straight Connector
7.2.4 NE40E-8 AC-input Power Cable

Table 7-16 lists the types and terminals of the AC-input power cable.
Item Description
Cable type Power cable -6mm^2-black jacket (core line: brown) -36A
Power cable -6mm^2-black jacket (core line: blue) -36A
Power cable -6mm^2-black jacket (core line: yellow or green) -36A
Terminal Bare terminal -OT-6mm^2-M4-tin plating-round pre-insulated

terminal-12-10AWG-yellow
Bare terminal -OT-6mm^2-M8-tin plating-round pre-insulated

terminal-12-10AWG-yellow
7.3 Chassis and Cabinet Grounding Cable

This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the chassis and cabinet ground
cable.

7.3.1 Introduction
The chassis and cabinet ground cables are used to ground a chassis and a cabinet. Before the
delivery of a device, ground cables are correctly connected to the front, back and side doors of
the cabinet.
7.3.2 Structure
The connector of the chassi and cabinet ground cable is the same as the connector of the DC-
input power cable.
Table 7-17 lists the technical specifications of the chassis and cabinet ground cable..
Table 7-17 Technical specifications of the chassis and cabinet ground cable
Item Description
PGND cable Terminal Naked Crimping Terminal,OT,25mm^2,M8,Tin

Plating,Naked Ring Terminal
Cable type Wire,450/750V,60227 IEC 02(RV)25mm^2,yellow

green,110A,With a package exempted from fumigating
Fireproof class CM
7.4 Console Port Cable

This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the console interface cable.
7.4.1 Introduction
The console interface cable is used to connect the console interface on the NE40E to the serial
interface of the console to transmit configuration data of the NE40E.
The console interface cable is an 8-core shielded cable. One end of the cable is an RJ45 connector
connected to the console interface on the MPU. The other end has DB9 and DB25 connectors,
either of which is connected to the serial interface on a computer.
7.4.2 Structure
Figure 7-1 shows the structure of a console interface cable. Table 7-18 shows the pin assignment
on the console interface cable.

Figure 7-1 Console interface cable
1. Direction A 2. DB25 female connector 3. Label 4. RJ45 connector

5. Direction B 6. Direction C 7. DB9 female connector W1 and W2 communication cable
Table 7-18 Pin assignment on the console interface cable
RJ45 Direction DB25 DB9 Signal
1 -> 5 8 CTS (Clear to Send)
2 -> 6 6 DSR (Data Set Ready)
3 -> 3 2 RXD (Receive Data)
4 — 7 5 GND
5 — 8 1 GND
6 <- 2 3 TXD (Transmit Data)
7 <- 20 4 DTR (Data Terminal Ready)
8 <- 4 7 RTS (Request to Send)

Table 7-19 lists the technical specifications of the console interface cable.
Table 7-19 Technical specifications of the console interface cable
Item Description
Connector X1 Network interface connector-crystal connector -8PIN-8bit-shielded plug
Connector X2 Cable connector-D style-25PIN-female
Connector X3 Cable connector-D style-9PIN-female

Item Description
Cable type l Symmetrical twisted cable-120-ohm-

SEYVPV-0.5mm-24AWG-8core-PANTONE 430U
l Symmetrical twisted cable-100-ohm-
SEYVP-0.48mm-26AWG-8core-black
Number of 8
cores
Fireproof class CM
Available 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) for the 120-ohm cable

length 3 m ( 9.84 ft ) for the 100-ohm cable
7.5 Auxiliary Port Cable

This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the AUX interface cable.
7.5.1 Introduction
The AUX interface cable is used to connect the AUX interface on the NE40E to a modem to
remotely transmit the configuration data of the NE40E.
The AUX interface cable is an 8-core shielded cable. One end of the cable is an RJ45 connector
connected to the AUX interface on the MPU. The other end has DB9 and DB25 connectors,
either of which is connected to the serial interface on a computer.
7.5.2 Structure
As shown in Figure 7-2 the structure of the AUX interface cable is the same as that of the console
interface cable. Table 7-20 shows the pin assignment on the AUX interface cable.
Figure 7-2 AUX interface cable
1. Direction A 2. DB25 female connector 3. Label 4. RJ45 connector

5. Direction B 6. Direction C 7. DB9 female connector W1 and W2 communication cable
Table 7-20 Pin assignment on the AUX interface cable

RJ-45 Direction DB-25 DB-9 Signal
1 -> 4 7 RTS
2 -> 20 4 DTR
3 -> 2 3 TXD
4 — 8 1 GND
5 — 7 5 GND
6 <- 3 2 RXD
7 <- 6 6 DSR
8 <- 5 8 CTS

Table 7-21 lists the technical specifications of the AUX interface cable.
Table 7-21 Technical specifications of the AUX interface cable

Item Description
Connector X1 Network interface connector-crystal connector-8PIN-8bit-shielded plug
Connector X2 Cable connector-D type-25PIN-female
Connector X3 Cable connector-D type-9PIN-female
Cable type Symmetrical twisted cable-120-ohm-SEYVPV-0.5mm-24AWG-8core-

PANTONE 430U
Symmetrical twisted cable-100-ohm-SEYVP-0.48mm-26AWG-8core-
black
Number of cores 8
Fireproof class CM
Available 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) for the 120-ohm cable

length 3 m ( 9.84 ft ) for the 100-ohm cable

7.6 Clock Cable

This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the clock cable.
7.6.1 Introduction
l Clock cable for a common MPU/SRU
One end of the clock cable is an SMB connector connected to the clock interface on the
SRU/MPU and the other end is connected to the clock interface on an external device. The
connector on the other end needs to be prepared as required on site.
There are two types of clock cables:
– 75-ohm clock cable
– 120-ohm clock cable
l Clock cable for the 1588v2-supporting SRU/MPU
A clock cable is used to connect the clock interface on the NE40E to the clock interface on
another device. In this manner, the NE40E can receive 2-Mbit/s clock signals, 2-MHz clock
signals, 1 PPS +ASCII time signals, 1 PPS+RS232 time signals, or two channels of DCLS
time signals from the upstream device and provides 2-Mbit/s clock signals, 2-MHz clock
signals, 1 PPS +ASCII time signals, 1 PPS+RS232 time signals, or two channels of DCLS
time signals to the downstream device.
One end of the clock cable is an SMB/RJ45 connector connected to the clock interface on
the SRU/MPU and the other end is connected to the clock interface on an external device.
The connector on the other end needs to be prepared as required on site.
An SMB connector is used together with the 75-ohm coaxial cable whereas an RJ45
connector is used together with the 120-ohm trunk cable.
NOTE
The wire sequence of a trunk cable used as a clock cable differs from the wire sequence of an ordinary
twisted cable.
7.6.2 Structure
75-ohm Clock Cable

Figure 7-3 shows the structure of the 75-ohm clock cable.
Figure 7-3 75-ohm clock cable
1. Coaxial connector-SMB 2. Label

NOTE
l IF the device provides only the 75-ohm clock while you need the 120-ohm clock, use a transfer cable
shown in Figure 7-4 and Figure 7-5.Choose an one-channel or a two-channel transfer cable as required.
l The fixed length of the coaxial cable of the clock transfer cable is 200 mm ( 7.87 in. ) , which ensures
that the transfer connector is installed on or near the NE40E.
One-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm Clock Transfer Cable

Figure 7-4 shows the one-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer cable.
Figure 7-4 One-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer cable
1. Coaxial connector-SMB-75 ohm-straight/plug-female 2. Main label

3. 75-ohm/120-ohm transfer PCB
Two-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm Clock Transfer Cable

Figure 7-5 shows the two-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer cable.
Figure 7-5 Two-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer cable
1. Coaxial connector-SMB-75-ohm-straight/plug-female 2. Label1:"1#" 3. Main label

4. 75-ohm/120-ohm transit PCB 5. Label3:"1#" 6. Label 4:"2#"
7. Label 2:"2#"
Table 7-22 shows the pin assignments of the two-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer cable.
Table 7-22 Pin assignments of the two-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer cable
Connector 75-ohm Cable Color 120-ohm Cable
X1 Core wire Blue W3

Connector 75-ohm Cable Color 120-ohm Cable
Shield layer White
X2 Core wire Blue W4
Shield layer White
120-ohm trunk cable

The 120-ohm trunk cable adopts the RJ-45 connector.Figure 7-6 shows the structure of the 120-
ohm trunk cable.
Figure 7-6 120-ohm trunk cable
Table 7-23 shows the pin assignments on the 120-ohm trunk cable.
Table 7-23 Pin assignments of the 120-ohm trunk cable

Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
X1.5 X2.2 Twisted
X1.4 X2.1
X1.2 X2.5 Twisted
X1.1 X2.4
X1.3 X2.7 Twisted
X1.6 X2.8
X1.7 X2.3 Twisted
X1.8 X2.6

Table 7-24 lists the technical specifications of the 75-ohm clock cable.

Table 7-24 Technical specifications of the 75-ohm clock cable
Item Description
Connector Coaxial connector-SMB plug-75 ohm inline female
Cable Type Coaxial cable-75 ohm-3.9 mm-2.1 mm-0.34 mm-

shield
Diameter of the 3.9 mm ( 0.15 in. )- 2.1 mm ( 0.08 in. )- 0.34 mm ( 0.01
protection layer - in. )
diameter of the internal
insulation - diameter of
the internal conductor
Available length 10 m ( 32.81 ft ) , 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) , 20 m ( 65.62 ft ),

and 30 m ( 98.42 ft )
Table 7-25 lists the technical specifications of the one-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer
cable.
Table 7-25 Technical specifications of the one-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer cable
Item Description
Connector Coaxial connector-SMB plug-75 ohm inline female
75-ohm Type Coaxial cable-75 ohm-3.9 mm-2.1 mm-0.34 mm-

cable shield
120-ohm Type Symmetrical twisted cable -120ohm-

cable SEYPVPV-0.4mm-26AWG-2 pairs-Pantone 430U
Diameter of the internal 0.4 mm ( 0.02 in. )/26AWG

conductor
Available length 30 m ( 98.42 ft )
Table 7-26 lists the technical specifications of the two-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer
cable.
Table 7-26 Technical specifications of the two-channel clock transfer cable
Item Description
X1/X2 connector Coaxial connector-SMB plug-75 ohm inline female

Item Description
75-ohm Type Coaxial cable-75 ohm-3.9 mm-2.1 mm-0.34 mm-

cable shield
120-ohm Type Symmetrical twisted cable -120ohm-

cable SEYPVPV-0.4mm-26AWG-2 pairs-Pantone 430U
Diameter of the internal 0.4 mm ( 0.02 in. )/26AWG

conductor
Available length 30 m ( 98.42 ft )
Table 7-27 lists the technical specifications of the 120-ohm trunk cable.
Table 7-27 Technical specifications of the 120-ohm trunk cable
Item Description
120-ohm Connector Network interface connector-8 PIN-8 bit-shielded-crystal model

cable plug
Type Cable,120ohm,1E1,0.4mm,MP8-II,120CC4P0.4P430U
(S),MP8-II,Expert 2.0
Length 3 m ( 9.84 ft ), 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) , 30 m ( 98.42 ft ), 60 m ( 196.85

ft )and 80 m ( 262.46 ft )
7.7 Ethernet Cable

Ethernet cables are classigied into two types: straight-through cables and crossover cables.
7.7.1 Introduction
Ethernet cable is of two types: the straight-through cable and the crossover cable.
Straight-through Cable
The straight-through cable is used to connect the Ethernet interfaces between the following
devices:
l A Router device and a hub

l A Router device and an Ethernet switch

l A computer and an Ethernet switch

l A computer and a hub
Crossover Cable
The crossover cable is used to connect the Ethernet interfaces between the following devices:
l A Router device and a CX device

l A Router device and a computer
l A hub and a hub
l A hub and a switch
l A switch and a switch
l A computer and a computer
7.7.2 Structure
As shown in Figure 7-7, the straight-through cable and the crossover cable are standard shielded
network cables and, adopt an RJ45 connector shown in Figure 7-8.
Figure 7-7 Network cable
1. Connector - RJ45 2. Label 1 3. Main label 4. Label 2
Figure 7-8 RJ45 connector

Table 7-28 and Table 7-29 show the pin assignments of the straight-through cable and the
crossover cable respectively.
Table 7-28 Pin assignments of the straight-through cable

Connector X1 Connector X2 Color Relationship
X1.2 X2.2 Orange Twisted
X1.1 X2.1 White/orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green Twisted
X1.3 X2.3 White/green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue Twisted
X1.5 X2.5 White/blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown Twisted
X1.7 X2.7 White/brown
Table 7-29 Pin assignments of the crossover cable

Connector X1 Connector X2 Color Relationship
X1.6 X2.2 Orange Twisted
X1.3 X2.1 White/orange
X1.2 X2.6 Green Twisted
X1.1 X2.3 White/green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue Twisted
X1.5 X2.5 White/blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown Twisted
X1.7 X2.7 White/brown

Table 7-30 and Table 7-31 show the technical specifications of the straight-through cable and
crossover cable respectively.

Table 7-30 Technical specifications of the straight-through cable
Item Description
Connector X1/X2 Network port connector-crystal connector-8PIN-8bit-shield-

plug-24-26AWG-CAT 6/SFTP network cable
Cable type Communication cable-100±15ohm-shielded enhanced 5 types-CAT5E

SFTP 24AWG-8 core PANTONE 445U
Number of cores 8
Fireproof class CM
Available length 5 m ( 16.40 ft ), 10 m ( 32.81 ft ), 20 m ( 65.62 ft ), and 30 m ( 98.42

ft )
Table 7-31 Technical specifications of the crossover cable
Item Description
Connector X1/X2 Network port connector-crystal connector-8PIN-8bit-shield-

plug-24~26AWG-CAT 6/SFTP network cable
Cable type Communication cable-100±15ohm-shielded enhanced 5 types-CAT5E

SFTP 24AWG-8 core PANTONE 646U
Number of cores 8
Fireproof class CM
Available length 5 m ( 16.40 ft ) and 30 m ( 98.42 ft )
7.8 Optical Fiber

This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the optical fiber.
7.8.1 Introduction
Table 7-32 lists the types of optical fibers that the NE40E uses.
Table 7-32 Types of optical fibers
No. Description Local Connector Remote Connector Cable Mode
1 Fiber connecting LC/PC FC/PC Single-mode

an interface board
to the ODF
2 Fiber connecting LC/PC LC/PC or SC/PC Single-mode /

interface boards multi-mode

No. Description Local Connector Remote Connector Cable Mode
3 Fiber connecting LC/PC LC/PC or SC/PC Single-mode /

an interface board multi-mode
to another device
CAUTION
The optical transmission module of the multi-transverse mode needs to be connected to the multi-
mode fiber. The optical transmitting module of the single-longitudinal mode or multi-
longitudinal mode needs to be connected to the single-mode fiber.
7.8.2 Optical Connectors

The NE40E uses the following types of optical connectors:
l LC/PC optical connector

l SC/PC optical connector
l FC/PC optical connector
The outlines and operations of the connectors and the precautions that you should take when
plugging and unplugging the connectors are described in the following sections.
LC/PC Optical Connector

Figure 7-9 shows the outline of the LC/PC optical connector.
Figure 7-9 LC/PC optical connector
The plugging/unplugging of LC/PC optical interface only needs an axial operation instead of a
rotation.
The operation procedures and precautions are as follows:

l Cautiously align the head of the fiber jumper with the optical interface on the optical board
and push in the fiber with proper strength.
l Press the clip before pulling it out. Push in the fiber connector inward slightly, and then
pull out the connector.
SC/PC Optical Connector

Figure 7-10 shows the outline of the SC/PC optical connector.
Figure 7-10 SC/PC optical connector
FC/PC Optical Connector

Figure 7-11 shows the outline of the FC/PC optical connector.
Figure 7-11 FC/PC optical connector
Table 7-33 shows the technical specifications of the optical fiber.

Table 7-33 Technical specifications of the optical fiber
Item Description
Fiber transmission mode Single-mode/Multi-mode
Fiber connector 1 LC/PC and SC/PC
Fiber connector 2 LC/PC, SC/PC and FC/PC
Fiber outer diameter 2 mm ( 0.08 in. )
7.9 CE1/CT1/E3/T3 Cable

This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the CE1/CT1/C3/T3 cable.
7.9.1 Introduction
The CE1/CT1 interface provided by the NE40E uses the 120 ohm trunk cable (RJ-45 connectors
on both ends). The E3/T3 interface uses the 75 ohm trunk cable with SMB connectors on either
two ends or one end. If the connector is not matched when the cable is connected to the remote
device, the transfer box can change the electrical resistance between 120 ohm and 75 ohm.
7.9.2 Structure
Figure 7-12 shows the 120-ohm trunk cable adopts the RJ-45 connector and the cable structure.
Figure 7-12 Structure of 120-ohm trunk cable
The pin assignments of the 120-ohm trunk cable are shown in Table 7-34.
Table 7-34 Pin assignments of the 120-ohm trunk cable
X1.5 X2.2 Pair
X1.4 X2.1
X1.2 X2.5 Pair
X1.1 X2.4
X1.3 X2.3 Pair

X1.6 X2.6
X1.8 X2.8 Pair
X1.7 X2.7
The structure of the 75-ohm (with SMB connectors on both ends) trunk cable is shown in Figure
7-13.
Figure 7-13 Structure of the 75-ohm (with SMB connectors on both ends) trunk cable
The structure of the 75-ohm (with SMB connector on either end) trunk cable is shown in Figure
7-14.
Figure 7-14 Structure of the 75-ohm (with SMB connectors on either end) trunk cable
75-ohm Relay Cable

Table 7-35 shows the technical specifications of the 75-ohm trunk cable.
Item Description
75-ohm Connector Coaxial connector-SMB plug-75 Ω/straight/female

cable
Type Coaxial cable-SYV-75-2-2(4.0Z)-1/0.34 mm-outer diameter 3.9
mm-double braid shielded
Length 5 m ( 16.40 ft ), 10 m ( 32.81 ft ), 20 m ( 65.62 ft ), 30 m ( 98.42 ft ),

40 m ( 131.23 ft ), 50 m ( 164.04 ft ), 65 m ( 213.25 ft ), 70 m ( 229.66
ft ), 90m ( 295.27 ft ), and 100 m ( 328.08 ft )

120-ohm Relay Cable

Table 7-36 shows the technical specifications of the 120-ohm trunk cable.

Item Description
120-ohm Connector Network interface connector-8 PIN-8 bit-shielded-crystal model

cable plug
Type Symmetric pair cable-120 ohm-SEYPVPV-0.4 mm-26 AWG-8

PIN-PANTONE 430 U-Special OEM
Length 2 m ( 6.56 ft ), 15 m ( 49.21 ft ), 30 m ( 98.42 ft ), 60 m ( 196.85

ft ) and 80 m ( 262.46 ft )

Hardware Description A List of Indicators
A List of Indicators
This chapter presents the list of indicators.
A.1 Indicators of NE40E-X16

This chapter presents the indicators of NE40E-X16.
A.4 Indicators of NE40E-8
This chapter presents the indicators of NE40E-8.


A.1.1 Fan Module Indicators
Table A-1 shows the status and descriptions of the indicators.
Table A-1 Description of the indicators on the fan module
STATUS Green If the indicator blinks once

every two seconds (0.5 Hz),
it indicates that the fan
module works normally.
Red If the indicator is steady on, it

indicates that the fan
module,PEM or filtering box
is faulty.
A.1.2 Power Module Indicators
Table A-2 shows the status and meaning of the indicators of the DC-input power module.
Table A-2 Description of the indicators of the DC-DC convertor
RUN Green Indicates normal power output. If the indicator is on, it

implies a normal output.
ALM Red Power failure indicator. If the indicator is constantly on, it

l The power module does not have input power.
A.1.3 MPU Indicators
Table A-3 lists the status and descriptions of MPU indicators.

Table A-3 Buttons and indicators on the panel of the MPU
OFL button To remove a board, you must hold the button for six seconds until
the OFL indicator turns on.
OFL indicator (red) If the indicator is on, it indicates that you can remove the board.
RUN indicator (green) If the indicator blinks once every two seconds (0.5 Hz), it
indicates that the system is in the normal state.
If the indicator blinks twice each second (2 Hz), it indicates that
the system is in the alarm state.
ALM indicator (red) If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the system is in the
alarm state.
If the indicator is steady off, it indicates that the system is in the
normal state.
ACT active/standby If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the MPU is in the
indicator (green) active state.
If the indicator is off, it indicates that the MPU is in the standby
state.
Reset button The button is used for resetting the MPU. If you press the Reset
button, you can reset the MPU.
CF ACT indicator (green) If the indicator is on, it indicates that the CF is in position.
If the indicator is blinking, it indicates that data is being read or
written.
If the indicator is off, it indicates that the CF is not in position or
can be removed.
CF OFL button If you press the CF OFL button, all operations on the CF card
will be ended and the CF card will be powered off.
SFP LINK/ACT indicator If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the link is normal.
(green) If the indicator is blinking, it indicates that data is being
transmitted.
MGMT-ETH LINK If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the link is normal.
indicator (green) (on If the indicator is off, it indicates that the link is down.
Ethernet network
interfaces)
MGMT-ETH ACT If the indicator is blinking, it indicates that data is being

indicator (amber) (on transmitted.
Ethernet interfaces) If the indicator is off, it indicates that no data is being transmitted.
A.1.4 SFU Indicators

Table A-4 lists the status and descriptions of SFU indicators.
Table A-4 Buttons and indicators on the panel

LED Description
(green) Hz), it indicates that the system is in the alarm state.
(0.5 Hz), it indicates that the system runs normally.
ACT If the indicator is on, it indicates that the SFU works normally; if the green
OFFLINE When the SFU works normally, the OFL indicator is off. After the OFL button
(red) is pressed to power off the SFU, the OFL indicator is on.
A.1.5 LPU Indicators

Table A-5 lists the status and descriptions of LPU indicators.
Table A-5 LPU indicators

OFL indicator Red If the indicator is on, you can remove the board.
RUN indicator Green l If the indicator blinks once every 2s (0.5 Hz), the LPU
is in the normal state.
l If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2 Hz), the LPU is
in the alarm state.
Link/ACT Green l If the indicator is off, the link is Down.

indicator l If the indicator is on, the link is Up.
l If the indicator is blinking, data is being read or written.


Table A-6 shows the status and descriptions of the indicators.

Table A-6 Description of the indicators on the fan module

STATUS Green If the indicator blinks once

every two seconds (0.5 Hz),
it indicates that the fan
Red If the indicator is steady on, it

indicates that the fan
module,PEM or filtering box
is faulty.

Table A-7 shows the status and meaning of the indicators of the DC-input power module.

RUN Green Indicates normal power output. If the indicator is on, it

implies a normal output.
ALM Red Power failure indicator. If the indicator is constantly on, it

l The power module does not have input power.
A.2.3 SRU Indicators

Table A-8 lists the status and descriptions of SRU indicators.
Table A-8 Buttons and indicators on the panel of the SRU

Button
OFL button To remove a board, you must hold the button for six seconds until the
OFL indicator turns on.
(red)

Button
alarm state.
ALM indicator If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the system is in the alarm
(red) state.
If the indicator is steady off, it indicates that the system is in the normal
state.
ACT active/ If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the SRU is in the active state.
standby indicator If the indicator is off, it indicates that the SRU is in the standby state.
(green)
SRU.
CF ACT indicator If the indicator is on, it indicates that the CF is in position.

(green) If the indicator is blinking, it indicates that data is being read or written.
If the indicator is off, it indicates that the CF is not in position or can be
removed.
SFP LINK/ACT If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the link is normal.
indicator (green) If the indicator is blinking, it indicates that data is being transmitted.
MGMT-ETH If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the link is normal.
LINK indicator If the indicator is off, it indicates that the link is down.
(green) (on
Ethernet
interfaces)
MGMT-ETH If the indicator is blinking, it indicates that data is being transmitted.

ACT indicator If the indicator is off, it indicates that no data is being transmitted.
(amber) (on
Ethernet network
interfaces)


Table A-9 Buttons and indicators on the panel

LED Description
(green) Hz), it indicates that the system is in the alarm state.
(0.5 Hz), it indicates that the system runs normally.
ACT If the indicator is on, it indicates that the SFU works normally; if the green
OFFLINE When the SFU works normally, the OFL indicator is off. After the OFL button
(red) is pressed to power off the SFU, the OFL indicator is on.


in the alarm state.



Table A-11 shows the status and description of the indicators.

Table A-11 Descriptions of the indicators on the panel of the fan module
STATUS Green If the indicator blinks once every two

seconds (0.5 Hz), it indicates that the fan
Red If the indicator is steady on, it indicates

that the fan module or PEM is faulty.

The indicators of the power module are on the plastic panel of the power supply. Table A-12
shows the status and meaning of the indicators of the DC-input power module.

RUN Green It indicates the running status. If it is steady on, it indicates

that the power module is running normally.
ALM Red It indicates power failure. If it is steady on, it indicates:

l Lightning-proof circuits on the power module become
faulty.
l One of the power modules does not have input power.
Table A-13 shows the indicators of the AC-input power module.
Table A-13 Description of the indicators on the AC power module

RUN Green It indicates the running status. If it is steady on, it

indicates that the power module is working normally.
ALARM Amber It indicates alarms. If it is on, it indicates that a

recoverable fault occurs on the power module.
l If it is blinking, it indicates that the communication
is cut off.
l If it is steady on, it indicates that faults occur, such
as overvoltage or undervoltage of input power or
overcurrent.

FAULT Red It indicates a fault. If it is steady on, it indicates that

an unrecoverable fault occurs on the power module.
For example, fans are faulty, no current is output, or
output current is short circuited.
A.3.3 MPU Indicators

Table A-14 lists the status and descriptions of MPU indicators.
Table A-14 Buttons and indicators on the MPU Panel

Button
OFL button To remove a board, you must hold the button for six seconds until the
OFL indicator turns on.
Note:
OFL indicator If the indicator is on, it indicates that you can remove the board.
(red)
RUN indicator If the indicator blinks once every two seconds (0.5 Hz), it indicates that
(green) the system is in the normal state. If the indicator blinks twice each second
(2 Hz), it indicates that the system is in the alarm state.
ALM indicator If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the system is in the alarm
(red) state.
If the indicator is steady off, it indicates that the system is in the normal
state.
ACT active/ If the indicator is on, it indicates that the MPU is in the active state.
standby indicator If the indicator is off, it indicates that the MPU is in the standby state.
(green)
Reset button The button is used for resetting the MPU. Press the Reset button, and
you can reset the MPU.
CF ACT indicator If the indicator is on, it indicates that the CF is in position.

(green) If the indicator is blinking, it indicates that data is being read or written.
If the indicator is off, it indicates that the CF is not in position or can be
removed.
LINK indicator If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the link is normal.
(green) (on the If the indicator is off, it indicates that the link is Down.
Ethernet
interface)

Button
ACT indicator If the indicator is blinking, it indicates that data is being transmitted.
(amber) (on If the indicator is off, it indicates that no data is being transmitted.
Ethernet
interface)
in the alarm state.

A.4 Indicators of NE40E-8

This chapter presents the indicators of NE40E-8.
The indicators of the fan module are on the LCD plastic panel. Table A-16 shows the status and
description of the indicators.
Table A-16 Indicators of the fan module
RUN indicator Green If the indicator blinks (1Hz), the FAN and FCB work
normally.
ALM indicator Red If the indicator is on, the FAN or FCB works abnormally.

The indicators of the power module are on the plastic panel of the power supply. Table A-17
shows the status and meaning of the indicators of the DC-input power module.
Table A-17 Indicators of the DC-input power module
PWD IN Green Indicates normal power input. If the indicator is on, there is an
input in the primary line.
PWD OUT Green If the indicator is on, the outputs of the primary and the secondary
lines are normal.
FAIL Red l If the indicator is on, the output in the primary line is
abnormal, for example, less than the undervoltage value (30
V DC to 34 V DC) or greater than the overvoltage value (78
V DC to 80 V DC).
l The secondary power output is abnormal because of the
power fan fault, overheated power module, or lightning
prevention circuit fault.
Table A-18 shows the indicators of the AC-input power module.
Table A-18 Indicators of the AC-input power module
PWR IN Green Indicates normal power input. If the indicator is on, the AC-input
is normal.
PWR OUT Green Indicates normal power output. If the indicator is on, the output
voltage is in normal range.
FAIL Red Indicates power fault. If the indicator is on, the power module
has the following faults:
l The power input is abnormal.
l The power output is abnormal (such as over-voltage or short
circuit).
l The fan of the power is abnormal.
l The power module is overheated.
A.4.3 SRU Indicators
Table A-19 lists the status and descriptions of SRU indicators.

Table A-19 SRU indicators
OFL indicator Red If the indicator is on, you can remove a board.
RUN indicator Green If the indicator blinks once every 2s (0.5 Hz), the system is
in the normal state. If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2
Hz), the system is in the alarm state.
ALM indicator Red If the indicator is on, the system is in the alarm state. If the
indicator is off, the system is in the normal state.
ACT indicator Green If the indicator is on, the SRU is in the active state. If the
indicator is off, the SRU is in the standby state.
CF read-write Red If the indicator is blinking, data is being read or written. If

indicator the indicator is off, no data is being read or written.
NOTE
When the indicator is blinking, do not remove the CF card.
LINK indicator (on Green If the indicator is off, the link is Down. If the indicator is
the Ethernet on, the link is Up.
interface)
LINK indicator (on Yellow If the indicator is off, no data is being read or written. If the
the Ethernet indicator is blinking, data is being read or written.
interface)
Table A-20 SFU indicators
OFL indicator Red If the indicator is on, you can remove a board.
RUN indicator Green If the indicator blinks once every 2s (0.5 Hz), the SFU is in
the normal state. If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2
Hz), the SFU is in the alarm state.
ACT Indicator Green If the indicator is on, the SFU is in the normal state. If the
indicator is off, the SFU is in the abnormal state.


in the alarm state.


Hardware Description B List of Boards
B List of Boards
This chapter presents the list of boards.
B.1 Boards
B.2 Power Consumption and Weight

B.1 Boards
Table B-1 lists the Basic Configuration of the NE40E. Table B-2 shows the LPUs and the
corresponding Flexible Plug-in Cards (FPICs) supported by the NE40E.
Table B-1 Basic Configuration of the NE40E

Product Board Full Name
Name Name for
Order
NE40E- CR5B0BK NE40E-X16 Integrated Chassis Components

X16 P1670
CR5D0MP Main Processing Unit

UB460
CR5DSFUI 200G Switch Fabric Unit

E07B

407B
NE40E-X8 CR5B0BK NE40E-X8 Integrated Chassis Components

P0870
CR5D0SR Switch and Route Processing Unit (SRUA5)

UA570
CR5D0SR Switch and Route Processing Unit (SRUA4)

UA470

E07C

407C
NE40E-X3 CR5Z1BK NE40E-X3 Integrated DC Chassis Components

PE
CR5Z2BK NE40E-X3 Integrated AC Chassis Components

PE
CR52- Main Processing Unit

MPUD
NE40E-8 CR52- NE40E-8 Integrated Chassis Components

BKPB-20U
CR52- Switch and Route Processing Unit

SRUA1
CR52- Switch and Route Processing Unit

SRUA3

Product Board Full Name

Name Name for
Order
CR52- Switch Fabric Unit

SFUD
Table B-2 LPUs and the corresponding FPICs
Type Order Name Name
LPUF-10 CR53-LPUF-10 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-10,four

slots)
CR53-P10-1xPOS/ 1-Port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP Flexible Card

STM64-XFP
CR53-P10-1xPOS/ 1-Port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP Flexible Card

STM16-SFP

STM16-SFP

STM16-SFP
CR53-P10-4xPOS/ 4-port OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP Flexible Card

STM4-SFP

STM4-SFP

STM1-SFP

STM1-SFP
CR53- 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP Flexible Card

P10-2xATM/
STM4-SFP
CR53- 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP Flexible Card

P10-4xATM/
STM1-SFP
CR53- 8-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card

P10-8x100/1000B
ase-X-SFP
CR5M0E8GFA30 8-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A
CR53- 2-Port Channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP

P10-2xcPOS/ Flexible Card
STM1-SFP

CR53- 24-Port Channelized E1/T1-DB100 Flexible Card

P10-24xcE1/cT1-
DB100
CR53-P10-4xE3/ 4-Port Clear Channel E3/Channelized T3-SMB

cT3-SMB Flexible Card
LPUF-21 CR52-LPUF-21 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-21,2 sub-

slots)
CR52- 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card

P20-1x10GBase
WAN/LAN-XFP
CR52- 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-A Flexible Card

P20-1x10GBase
WAN/LAN-XFP-
A
CR52L1XXB1 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-B Flexible Card
CR52L1XXE0 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-E Flexible Card
CR52- 12-port 100Base-FX/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card

P20-12x100/1000
Base-X-SFP
CR52- 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP-A Flexible Card

P20-12x100/1000
Base-X-SFP-A
CR52- 12-port 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T Flexible

P20-12x10/100/10 Card
00Base-TX-RJ45
CR52EBGFB1 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card B
CR52EAGFE0 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E
CR52-P20-1xPOS/ 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP Flexible Card

STM64-XFP
CR52- 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card

P21-4x10GBase
WAN/LAN-XFP
CR52- 40-port 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T Flexible

P21-40x10/100/10 Card
00Base-TX-RJ45
CR52- 40-port 100Base-FX/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card

P21-40x100/1000
Base-X-SFP

CR5ML2XEEG20 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-port

100/1000Base-X SFP Flexible Card
LPUS-20 CR5D00L4XX21 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing

Unit S
CR5D00EKGF21 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line Processing Unit

S
CR5D00EKGE20 40-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit

S
LPUF-40 CR5MLPUF402A Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-40,2 sub-

slots)
CR5M00EEGF20 20-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Flexible Card
CR5M0EEGFA20 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A
CR5M0EEGFB20 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
CR5M0L2XXA20 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
CR5M00L2XX20 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
CR5M0L2XXA20 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
CR5D00EEGE70 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible Card
CR5D00L4XX70 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
LPUI-40 CR5D00EKGF20 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line

Processing Unit
CR5D00L4XX20 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line

Processing Unit
LPUI-41 CR5D00L8XX70 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line

Processing Unit
CR5D00L4XX71 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line

Processing Unit
CR5D00EMGF70 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line

Processing Unit
CR5DL2XEFG70 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port

100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit
CR5D0L4XXA70 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line

Processing Unit(Supporting 1588v2)
CR5D0EKGFA70 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line


CR5DL2XEEG7A 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port

100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit(Supporting 1588v2)
LPUS-41 CR5D00L8XX71 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing

Unit S
CR5D00L4XX72 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing

Unit S
CR5D00EMGF71 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line Processing Unit

S
LPUF-100 CR5DLPUFA070 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit
CR5D0L5XXA70 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
CR5D00EFGF70 24-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card

(P100,Occupy two sub-slots)
CR5D00EMGF72 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-CSFP Flexible Card
LPUI-100 CR5D0LAXXA70 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line

CR5D00EDXF70 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line

Processing Unit
B.2 Power Consumption and Weight

Table B-3 shows the nominal weight and power consumption of the boards.
Table B-3 Power consumption and weight of the boards

Board Name Power Heat Weight
consumpti Dissipatio
on(Typical n
value)
Main Processing Unit CR5D0MPUB460 85 W 276 BTU/ 4.0 kg ( 8.82

hour lb )
Switch Fabric Unit CR5DSFUI407B 50 W 162 BTU/ 3.5 kg ( 7.72

hour lb )
Switch and Route Processing Unit 135W 438 BTU/ 5.0 kg ( 11.03
CR5D0SRUA470 hour lb )
Switch Fabric Unit CR5DSFUI407C 40 W 130 BTU/ 3.5 kg ( 7.72

hour lb )


on(Typical n
value)
Switch Fabric Unit CR5DSFUIE07B 90 W 292 BTU/ 4.26 kg ( 9.40

hour lb )
Switch and Route Processing Unit 149 W 483 BTU/ 4.68 kg

CR5D0SRUA570 hour ( 10.32 lb )
Switch Fabric Unit CR5DSFUIE07C 77 W 250 BTU/ 3.82 kg ( 8.42

hour lb )
Main Processing Unit CR52-MPUD 41 W 133 BTU/ 1.5 kg ( 3.31

hour lb )
Switch and Route Processing Unit CR52- 99 W 321 BTU/ 3.8 kg ( 8.38
SRUA1 hour lb )
Switch and Route Processing Unit CR52- 100 W 324 BTU/ 3.8 kg ( 8.38
SRUA3 hour lb )
Switch Fabric Unit CR52-SFUD 31 W 101 BTU/ 1.8 kg ( 3.97

hour lb )
SPU 176 W 571 BTU/ 5.75 kg

hour ( 12.68 lb )
Integrated Versatile Service Unit 20 A 335W 1143.02 8.0 kg ( 17.64

BTU/hour lb )
Flexible Card Line Processing Unit 198 W 642 BTU/ 5.0 kg ( 11.03
(LPUF-10,four slots) hour lb )
1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC 22 W 71 BTU/ 1.0 kg ( 2.21

hour lb )
1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC 15 W 49 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )

hour lb )

hour lb )

hour lb )

hour lb )

hour lb )

hour lb )


on(Typical n
value)
2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC 24 W 78 BTU/ 0.53 kg ( 1.17

hour lb )
4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC 23 W 75 BTU/ 0.53 kg ( 1.17

hour lb )
8-port 1000Base-X-SFP FPIC 26 W 84 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )
8-port 1000Base-X-SFP FPIC A 22 W 71 BTU/ 0.46 kg ( 1.01

hour lb )
2-port OC-3c/STM-1c CPOS-SFP FPIC 34 W 110 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )
24-port CE1/CT1-DB100 FPIC 29 W 94 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )
4-port E3/CT3 FPIC 34 W 110 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )
4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line 241W 782 BTU/ 7.0 kg ( 15.44

Processing Unit S(LPUS-20) hour lb )
40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line 290W 941 BTU/ 7.0 kg ( 15.44

40-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line 278W 902 BTU/ 7.0 kg ( 15.44

(LPUF-21,2 sub-slots) hour lb )
1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC 18 W 58 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )
1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC A 13 W 43 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )
1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-B FPIC 13 W 43 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )
1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-E FPIC 22 W 71 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )
12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC 14 W 45 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )
12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC A 18 W 58 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )
12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC B 18 W 58 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )


on(Typical n
value)
10-port 1000Base-X-SFP FPIC E 32 W 104 BTU/ 0.54 kg ( 1.19

hour lb )
12-port 10/100/1000Base FPIC 11 W 36 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )
1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC 18 W 58 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )

hour lb )
40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC 60 W 195 BTU/ 1.5 kg ( 3.31

hour lb )
40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC 74 W 237 BTU/ 1.5 kg ( 3.31

hour lb )
2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-port 58 W 188 BTU/ 1.5 kg ( 3.31

100/1000Base-X SFP FPIC hour lb )
(LPUF-40,2 sub-slots) hour lb )
20-port 100/1000Base-X SFP FPIC 37 W 120 BTU/ 0.60 kg ( 1.32

hour lb )
20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC A 39 W 127 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

hour lb )

hour lb )
2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC A 27 W 88 BTU/ 0.75 kg ( 1.65

hour lb )
20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible 27W 92.12 BTU/ 0.50 kg ( 1.10

Card hour lb )
4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible 25W 85.30 BTU/ 0.58 kg ( 1.28

Card hour lb )
40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated 304W 986 BTU/ 8.0 kg ( 17.64

Line Processing Unit(LPUI-40) hour lb )
4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP 304W 986 BTU/ 8.0 kg ( 17.64

Integrated Line Processing Unit hour lb )
(LPUI-40)
8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP 183W 624.40 BTU/ 6.92 kg

Integrated Line Processing Unit hour ( 15.26 lb )
(LPUI-41)


on(Typical n
value)

(LPUI-41)
48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated 200W 682.4 BTU/ 7.02 kg

Line Processing Unit (LPUI-41) hour ( 15.48 lb )
2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port 180W 614.16 BTU/ 6.92 kg

100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line hour ( 15.26 lb )
Processing Unit(LPUI-41)

40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated 188W 641.46 BTU/ 7.02 kg

Line Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Support- hour ( 15.48 lb )
ing 1588v2)
2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port 187W 638.04 BTU/ 7.02 kg

100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line hour ( 15.48 lb )
Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)
8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line 183W 624.40 BTU/ 6.92 kg

Processing Unit S(LPUS-41) hour ( 15.26 lb )
4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line 155W 528.86 BTU/ 6.62 kg

48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line 200W 682.4 BTU/ 7.02 kg

Flexible Card Line Processing Unit 266W 863 BTU/ 7.6 kg ( 16.76
(LPUF-100) hour lb )
5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible 50W 170.6 BTU/ 0.9 kg ( 1.98

Card A(Supporting 1588v2) hour lb )
48-Port 100/1000Base-X-CSFP Flexible 52W 177.42 BTU/ 0.90 kg ( 1.98

Card hour lb )
24-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible 39W 127 BTU/ 0.90 kg ( 1.98

Card hour lb )
10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP 400W 1364.8 BTU/ 9.5 kg ( 20.95

Integrated Line Processing Unit hour lb )
16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated 380W 1296.56 9.1 kg ( 20.07

Line Processing Unit(LPUI-100) BTU/hour lb )


Hardware Description C List of Interface Attributes
C List of Interface Attributes
This chapter presents the list of Interface Attributes.
C.1 Interface Attributes of 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45

C.2 Interface Attributes of 100Base-FX
C.3 Interface Attributes of 1000Base-X-SFP
C.4 Interface Attributes of 100/1000Base-CSFP
C.5 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
C.6 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN-SFP+
C.7 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c cPOS-SFP
C.8 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP
C.11 Interface Attributes of OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP
C.12 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP
C.14 Interface Attributes of CE1/CT1
C.15 Interface Attributes of E3/T3

C.1 Interface Attributes of 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-

T-RJ45
Table C-1 lists the interface attributes of 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45.
Table C-1 Interface attributes of the 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45
Connector type RJ45
Cable specification When the interface rate is 10 Mbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s, Category 5
unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable is recommended. When the
interface rate is 1000 Mbit/s, Super category 5 Shielded Twisted
Pair (STP) cable is recommended.
Network protocol IP
C.2 Interface Attributes of 100Base-FX

Table C-2 lists the interface attributes of 100Base-FX.
Table C-2 Attributes of 100M SFP optical modules

distance mi ) mi ) mi ) mi )

transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity

C.3 Interface Attributes of 1000Base-X-SFP

Table C-3 lists the interface attributes of 1000Base-X-SFP.
Table C-3 Interface attributes of the 1000Base-X-SFP

Interface attributes Compliant with the selected SFP optical module. (For the attributes
of SFP modules, see Table C-4 and Table C-5.)
Compliant standard IEEE 802.3-2002
Network protocol IP


distance (0.31 mi) (6.21 mi) (24.86 (24.86 (49.71 (62.14
mi) mi) mi) mi)
transmitting dBm
power
transmitting
power
Receiving -17.0 -20.0 -22.5 -21.0 -23.0 -30.0

dBm


Table C-5 Attributes of 1000M colorized optical modules
Transmission 70 km 70 km 70 km 70 km 70 km 70 km 70 km 70 km
distance (43.50 (43.50 (43.50 (43.50 (43.50 (43.50 (43.5 (43.50
mi) mi) mi) mi) mi) mi) 0 mi) mi)
Center 1470 1490 1510 1530 1550 1570 1590 1610

wavelength nm nm nm nm nm nm nm nm
Minimum 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 0 dBm

transmitting dBm
power
Maximum 5 dBm 5 dBm 5 dBm 5 dBm 5 dBm 5 dBm 5 5 dBm

transmitting dBm
power
Receiving -23.0 -23.0 -23.0 -23.0 -23.0 -23.0 -23.0 -23.0

sensitivity dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm
Overload 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 0 dBm

power dBm
Optical fiber Single Single- Single- Single- Single- Single Singl Single
type -mode mode mode mode mode -mode e- -mode
mode
C.4 Interface Attributes of 100/1000Base-CSFP

The interface attributes of 100/1000Base-CSFP see Table C-6.
Table C-6 Interface attributes of the 100/1000Base-CSFP
Interface attributes Compliant with the selected CSFP optical module.
Network protocol IP
Table C-7 Attributes of 100M CSFP optical modules

Table C-8 Attributes of 1000M CSFP optical modules
C.5 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP

The interface attributes of 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP see Table C-9.
Table C-9 Interface attributes of the 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
Interface attributes Compliant with the selected XFP optical module. (For the attributes
of XFP modules, see Table C-10.)
Compliant standard IEEE 802.3ae

Network protocol IP
Table C-10 Attributes of 10G XFP optical modules

Transmission 0.3 km (0.19 mi) 10 km (6.21 mi) 40 km (24.86 mi) 80 km (49.71

distance mi)
Center 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

power

type
C.6 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN-SFP+

The interface attributes of 10GBase LAN-SFP+ see Table C-11.
Table C-11 Interface attributes of the 10GBase LAN-SFP+

Interface attributes Compliant with the selected SFP+ optical module. (For the
attributes of SFP+ modules, see Table C-12.)
Network protocol IP

Table C-12 Attributes of 10GBase SFP+ optical modules

Transmission 0.3 km ( 0.19 mi. ) 10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. )

distance

wavelength
Minimum –7.3 dBm –8.2 dBm –4.7 dBm

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity
Overload power –1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 0.5 dBm
Optical fiber type Multi–mode Single–mode Single–mode
C.7 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c cPOS-SFP

Table C-13 lists the interface attributes of OC-3c/STM-1 cPOS-SFP.
Table C-13 Interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1 cPOS-SFP

of SFP modules, see Table C-14.)
Link protocol PPP ,MP , HDLC and cRTP
Network protocol IP

Transmission 2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32 40 km ( 24.86 80 km ( 49.71

distance mi. ) mi. ) mi. )

Center 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

power

type

Table C-15 lists the interface attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP.
Table C-15 Interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP
Link protocol PPP and HDLC
Network protocol IP

Center 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm

wavelength


transmitting
power

transmitting
power

sensitivity

power

type

Network protocol IP
Transmission 15 km ( 9.32 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71 mi. )

distance

wavelength

transmitting
power


transmitting
power

sensitivity
Overload -8.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -8.0 dBm

power
Optical fiber Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode

type

Network protocol IP
Table C-20 Attributes of 2.5G SFP optical modules
Transmission 2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32 40 km ( 24.86 80 km ( 49.71 mi. )

Center 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power


sensitivity
Overload -3.0 dBm 0 dBm -9.0 dBm -9.0 dBm

power

type
C.11 Interface Attributes of OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP

Table C-21 lists the interface attributes of OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP.
Table C-21 Interface attributes of the OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP

Interface attributes Compliant with the selected XFP optical module. (For the attributes
of XFP modules, see Table C-22.)
Network protocol IP
Table C-22 Attributes of 10G XFP optical modules


distance

transmitting power

transmitting power

sensitivity
Overload power 0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm

with different cores. Table C-23 lists the relationship between the core, the modal/bandwidth,
modal/bandwidth is a special type, which is not delivered by Huawei. If this type of optical fibers
are required, you need to purchase it additionally.
Table C-23 The transmission distance of 10G XFP optical modules

(Mhz*km) (km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Table C-24 lists the interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP.
Table C-24 Interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP
Link protocol IPoA
Network protocol IP

Center 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm

wavelength

transmitting
power


transmitting
power

sensitivity

power

type

Table C-26 lists the interface attributes of the OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP.
Table C-26 Interface attributes of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC
Optical interface Compliant with the selected SFP optical module. (For the attributes of
attributes SFP modules, see Table C-27)
Link protocol IPoA
Network protocol IP

distance

wavelength

transmitting
power

transmitting
power


sensitivity
Overload -8.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -8.0 dBm

power
Optical fiber Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode

type
C.14 Interface Attributes of CE1/CT1

Table C-28 lists the interface attributes of the CE1/CT1.
Table C-28 Interface attributes of the CE1/CT1
Type CE1 CT1
Rate 2.048 Mbit/s 1.544 Mbit/s
Working mode Full-duplex Full-duplex
Maximum 270 m ( 885.82 ft ) 270 m ( 885.82 ft )

transmission distance
Link protocol PPP,HDLC,MLPPP,cRTP
C.15 Interface Attributes of E3/T3

Table C-29 lists the interface attributes of the E3/T3.
Table C-29 Interface attributes of the E3/T3
Connector type SMB SMB
Type E3 T3
Rate 34.368 Mbit/s 44.736 Mbit/s
Working mode Full-duplex Full-duplex
Maximum 100 m ( 328.08 ft ) 100 m ( 328.08 ft )

transmission distance


Hardware Description D Optical Module
D Optical Module
This chapter presents the optical module.
D.1 155 Mbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Module

D.2 622 Mbit/s eSFP Optical Module
D.3 1 Gbit/s Electrical Transceiver
D.4 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC Optical Module
D.5 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Module
D.7 10 Gbit/s XFP Optical Module
D.8 10-Gbit/s SFP+ Optical Module
D.9 155-Mbit/s CSFP Optical Module
D.10 1.25Gbit/s CSFP Optical Module

D.1 155 Mbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Module

The STM-1 SFP optical module, with the transmission rate ranging from 100 Mbit/s to 155 Mbit/
s, the wavelength being 1310 nm or 1550 nm, and the transmission distance ranging from 2 km
( 1.24 mi. ) to 100 km ( 62.14 mi. ), can be applied to the STM-1/OC-3 POS interface, ATM
interface, or FE optical interface .
Table D-1 lists the currently available 155 Mbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules.
Table D-1 155 Mbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Modules

Product BOM Interface Transmis Mode Wavelen Remarks
Model Number Standard sion gth (nm)
Distance
(km)
SFP- 34060287 STM-1 I-1 2 ( 1.24 Multimod 1310 -

STM1- mi. ) e
MM1310-
2Km
SFP- 34060053 STM-1 15 ( 9.32 Single- 1310 -

STM1- S-1.1 mi. ) mode
SM1310-1
5Km
eSFP- 34060276 STM-1 15 ( 9.32 Single- 1310 Preferred

SM1310-1
5Km
eSFP- 34060299 STM-1 15 ( 9.32 Single- 1310 -

SM1310-1
5Km
eSFP-FE- 34060363 IEE802.3a 15 ( 9.32 Single- TX1310/ It is

SMTx131 h mi. ) mode RX1550 connected
0/ to a single
Rx1550-1 fiber that
5km has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end.


Distance
(km)

STM1- L-1.1 mi. ) mode When
SM1310-4 performin
0Km g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
eSFP- 34060300 STM-1 40 ( 24.86 Single- 1310 When

STM1- L-1.1 mi. ) mode performin
SM1310-4 g a self-
0Km loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

SM1550-8 performin
0Km g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

SM1550-8 g a self-
0Km loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
eSFP- 34060283 STM-1 100 Single- 1550 When

STM1- L-1.2 ( 62.14 mode performin
SM1550-1 mi. ) g a self-
00Km loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

Table D-2 Basic features of 155 Mbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules and the compliant standards
Interface standard ITU-T G.957 STM-1, SFP -

MSA,IEE802.3ah
Bit Error Ratio (BER) < 1 x 10E -12 -
Temperature 0-70°C ( 32°F to 158°F ) -
Digital diagnosis SFF-8472(exclude SFP -

optical modules)
Environment standard RoHS(exempted) -
Security standard FCC class B, IEC 60825-1 -

Class 1
ESD >500V Human body model Class 1
Table D-3 Specifications of the SFP-STM1-MM1310-2K optical module

Parameter Unit Value
Interface standard - STM-1 I-1, OC-3
Transmission rate Mbit/s 155.52
Interface type - LC
Transmission distance km 2 ( 1.24 mi. )
Optical transmitter
Optical source type LED
Center wavelength nm 1310
Operating wavelength range nm 1270-1380
Spectral characteristics
Maximum root mean square nm 63

(RMS) Spectral Width
Maximum spectral width nm N/A

(-20dB)
Minimum side mode dB N/A

suppression ratio (SMSR)
Average transmit optical power
Maximum transmit optical dBm -14

power

Minimum transmit optical dBm -19

power
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10.0
Optical receiver
Receiver sensitivity dBm < -30
Overload power dBm -14
Maximum optical channel dB N/A

cost
Maximum reflection factor dB N/A
Table D-4 Specifications of the eSFP-STM1-SM1310-15K optical module

Interface standard - STM-1 S-1.1, OC-3
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type FP Laser
Maximum root mean square nm 7.7


(-20dB)


power


power
Optical receiver

cost
Table D-5 Specifications of the eSFP-FE-SMTx1310/Rx1550-15km optical module

Interface standard - IEE802.3ah
Transmission rate Mbit/s 155
Interface type - LC/PC
Optical transmitter
Center wavelength nm TX1310/RX1550
Operating wavelength range nm TX1260-1360

RX1480-1580


(-20dB)


power


power
Optical receiver
Receiver sensitivity dBm -32

cost

Interface standard - STM-1 L-1.1, OC-3
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter

Maximum spectral width nm 1

(-20dB)
Minimum side mode dB 30

Maximum transmit optical dBm 0

power


power
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10
Optical receiver

cost

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type DFB-LD
Maximum root mean square nm N/A

Maximum spectral width nm 1.0

(-20dB)


power


power
Optical receiver

cost

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)


power


power
Optical receiver

cost
Maximum reflection factor dB -25
Table D-9 Applications of 155 Mbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Modules

Product Model BOM Number Applications
SFP-STM1- 34060287 l OC-3 SFP transceivers are designed for

MM1310-2Km ATM LAN and WAN applications such
as:
– ATM switches and routers
– SONET/SDH switch infrastructure
l Multimode fiber ATM backbone links
l Fast Ethernet
SFP-STM1- 34060053 l ATM

SM1310-15Km l SONET/SDH
l Ethernet
l Switches
l Routers
l Hubs
eSFP-STM1- 34060276 l ATM

l Ethernet
l Switches
l Routers
l Hubs

eSFP-STM1- 34060299 l Telecommunications

SM1310-15Km – SONET/SR, IR, LR SDH/IO,SH, LH
Application
– ATM Application
– Subscriber Loop
– Metropolitan Area Network
l Data communication
– High Speed Rack-to-Rack Data Links
eSFP-FE-SMTx1310/ 34060363 l ATM

Rx1550-15km l SONET/SDH
l Fast Ethernet

SM1310-40Km – SONET/SR,IR,LR SDH/IO,SH,LH
Application
– ATM Application
– Subscriber Loop
l Data communications

Application
– ATM Application
– Subscriber Loop

l Ethernet
l Switches
l Routers
l Hubs


Application
– ATM Application
– Subscriber Loop

Application
– ATM Application
– Subscriber Loop
D.2 622 Mbit/s eSFP Optical Module

The 622 Mbit/s eSFP optical modules of different levels can be applied to the STM-4/OC-12
POS interface and ATM interface . The wavelength of these 622 Mbit/s eSFP optical modules
can be 1310 nm or 1550 nm and the transmission distance ranges from 15 km ( 9.32 mi. ) to 100
km ( 62.14 mi. ).
Table D-10 lists the currently available 622 Mbit/s eSFP optical modules.
Table D-10 622 Mbit/s eSFP optical modules

Distance
(km)
eSFP- 34060302 STM-4 15 ( 9.32 Single- 1310 -

SM1310-1
5Km

SM1310-1
5Km


Distance
(km)

SM1310-4 g a self-
0Km loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

STM4- L-4.1 mi. ) mode
SM1310-4
0Km

SM1550-8 g a self-
0Km loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

STM4- L-4.2 mi. ) mode
SM1550-8
0Km

SM1550-1 g a self-
00Km loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
Table D-11 Basic features of 622 Mbit/s eSFP optical modules and the compliant standards

MSA
Bit Error Ratio (BER) < 1 x 10E -12

optical modules)


Class 1
ESD >500V Human body model Class 1

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

Maximum optical channel dB 1

cost

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver


cost

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver


cost

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver


cost
Table D-16 Applications of 622 Mbit/s eSFP optical modules

SM1310-15Km – SONET/SR, IR, LR SDH/IO, SH, LH
Application
– ATM Application
– Subscriber Loop

eSFP-STM4- 34060303 SONET OC-12 LR-1/SDH STM L-4.1

SM1310-40Km

SM1310-40Km – SONET/SR, IR, LR SDH/IO, SH, LH
Application
– ATM Application
– Subscriber Loop

SM1550-80Km

SM1550-80Km

D.3 1 Gbit/s Electrical Transceiver

The 1 Gbit/s electrical transceiver can be applied to the GE electrical interfaces. At present, there
are two types of electrical transceivers, namely, GBIC/RJ45 and SFP/RJ45.
Table D-17 lists the currently available 1 Gbit/s electrical transceivers.
Table D-17 1 Gbit/s electrical transceivers
Product BOM Interface Transmis Mode Auto- Remarks

Model Number Standard sion negotiati
Distance on
GBIC/ 34100044 1000BAS 100 m RJ-45 Not -

RJ45- E-T ( 328.08 supported
GE-100m ft )
SFP/RJ45- 34100052 1000BAS 100 m RJ-45 Supported -

GE-100m E-T ( 328.08
ft )
SFP/RJ45- 34100080 1000BAS 100 m RJ-45 Supported -

GE-100m E-T ( 328.08
ft )
Table D-18 Basic features of 1 Gbit/s electrical transceivers and the compliant standards
Interface standard IEEE Std 802.3z, IEEE Std -

802.3ab
GBIC R5.5(34100044)
SFP MSA(34100052,
34100080)
Temperature 0-75°C ( 32°F - 167°F) -
Digital diagnosis N/A -
Security standard FCC class B, IEC 61000-4-3 -
ESD >500V Human body model
Table D-19 Specifications of 1 Gbit/s Electrical Transceivers
Parameter Unit Value Remarks
Interface standard - 1000BASE-T -
Transmission rate Mbit/s 10-1000 Complying with

IEEE802.3

Parameter Unit Value Remarks
Interface type - RJ-45
Transmission m 100 ( 328.08 ft ) Category 5 UTP,

distance BER < 10-10, (GBIC/
RJ45-GE-100)
Category 5 UTP,
BER < 10-12, (SFP/
RJ45-GE-100)
Table D-20 Applications of 1 Gbit/s electrical transceivers

GBIC/RJ45-GE-100m 34100044 1.25 Gigabit Ethernet over Cat 5 cable
SFP/RJ45-GE-100m 34100052 l Switch to switch interface

l Switched backplane applications
l File server interface
SFP/RJ45-GE-100m 34100080 l Switch to switch interface

D.4 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC Optical Module

The 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC optical modules of different levels can be applied to the GE interface .
The wavelength of these 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC optical modules can be 850 nm, 1310 nm, or 1550
nm and the transmission distance ranges from 0.5 km ( 0.31 mi. ) to 100 km ( 62.14 mi. ).
Table D-21 lists the currently available 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC optical modules.
Table D-21 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC optical modules

Distance
(km)
GBIC- 34060041 1000BAS 0.5 ( 0.31 Multimod 850 -

GE- E-SX mi. ) e
MM850-5
00m


Distance
(km)
GBIC- 34060037 1000BAS 10 ( 6.21 Single- 1310 -

GE- E-LX mi. ) mode
SM1310-1
0Km
GBIC- 34060042 1000BAS 40 ( 24.86 Single- 1310 When

GE- E-LX mi. ) mode performin
SM1310-4 g a self-
0Km loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

GE- E-ZX mi. ) mode performin
SM1550-6 g a self-
0Km loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

GE- E-ZX mi. ) mode performin
SM1550-8 g a self-
0Km loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
GBIC- 34060205 1000BAS 100 Single- 1550 When

GE- E-ZX ( 62.14 mode performin
SM1550-1 mi. ) g a self-
00Km loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
Table D-22 Basic features of 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC optical modules and the compliant standards
Interface standard IEEE802.3, GBIC R5.4 -
Temperature -5°C to +70°C ( 23°F to 158° -

F)

Digital diagnosis N/A -

Class 1
Table D-23 Specifications of the GBIC-GE-MM850-500 Optical Module

Interface standard - 1000BASE-SX
Transmission rate Mbit/s 1.25 G
Interface type - SC
Transmission distance m 500 ( 1640.4 ft )(50/125 um

MMF)
m 220 ( 721.78 ft )(62.5/125 um

MMF)
Optical transmitter
Optical source type VCSEL


(-20dB)

Maximum transmit optical dBm -3.5

power
Minimum transmit optical dBm -9.5

power
Optical receiver

Overload power dBm 0

cost
Table D-24 Specifications of the GBIC-GE-SM1310-10K optical module

Interface standard - 1000BASE-LX
Interface type - SC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type FP-LD


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver


cost

Interface type - SC
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver


cost

Interface standard - 1000BASE-ZX
Interface type - SC
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver


cost

Interface type - SC
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)


power
Minimum transmit optical dBm 0

power
Optical receiver


cost
Table D-28 Applications of 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC optical modules

GBIC-GE- 34060041 l 1.0625Gb/s Fibre Channel

MM850-500m l 1.25 Gigabit Ethernet

SM1310-10Km l 1.25 Gigabit Ethernet



GBIC-GE- 34060205 l Metro Access Rings and Pointto-Point

SM1550-100Km l Gigabit Ethernet
l SANs

The 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules of different levels can be applied to the GE interface .
The wavelength of the common 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules can be 850 nm, 1310
nm, or 1550 nm and the transmission distance ranges from 0.5 ( 0.31 mi. ) km to 100 km ( 62.14
mi. ). The wavelength of the 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP CWDM optical module ranges from 1470
nm to 1610 nm and the transmission distance is 70 km.
Table D-29 lists the currently available 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules.

Table D-29 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules

Distance
(km)
eSFP-GE- 34060286 1000BAS 0.5 ( 0.31 Multimod 850 Preferred

MM850-5 E-SX mi. ) e
00m
SFP-GE- 34060049 1000BAS 0.5 ( 0.31 Multimod 850 -

MM850-5 E-SX mi. ) e
00m
eSFP-GE- 34060219 1000BAS 10 ( 6.21 Single- 1310 -

SM1310-1 E-LX mi. ) mode
0Km
eSFP-GE- 34060473 1000BAS 10 ( 6.21 Single- 1310 Preferred

SM1310-1 E-LX mi. ) mode
0Km
eSFP-GE- 34060470 1000BAS 10 ( 6.21 Single- Tx1310/ It is

SMTx131 E-LX mi. ) mode Rx1490 connected
0/ to a single
Rx1490-1 fiber that
0km has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end.

0/ to a single
Rx1310-1 fiber that
0km has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end.

0/ to a single
Rx1490-4 fiber that
0km has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end.


Distance
(km)

0/ to a single
Rx1310-4 fiber that
0km has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end.

SM1310-4 E-LX mi. ) mode When
0Km performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
SFP-GE- 34060207 1000BAS 40 ( 24.86 Single- 1310 When

SM1310-4 E-LX mi. ) mode performin
0Km g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
SFP-GE- 34060069 1000BAS 40 ( 24.86 Single- 1550 When

SM1550-4 E-ZX mi. ) mode performin
0Km g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

SM1550-4 E-ZX mi. ) mode When
0Km performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator


Distance
(km)

SM1550-8 E-ZX mi. ) mode When
0Km performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
eSFP-GE- 34060274 1000BAS 80 ( 49.71 Single- 1550 When

SM1550-8 E-ZX mi. ) mode performin
0Km g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
eSFP-GE- 34060295 1000BAS 100 Single- 1550 When

SM1550-1 E-ZX ( 62.14 mode performin
00Km mi. ) g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
Table D-30 Basic features of 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules and the compliant standards
Interface standard IEEE802.3, SFP MSA -
Temperature 0°C to +70°C ( 32°F to 158° -

F)

optical modules)

Class 1

Table D-31 Specifications of the eSFP-GE-MM850-500 optical module

Interface standard - 1000BASE-SX
Interface type - LC
Transmission distance m 500 ( 1640.4 ft ) (50/125 um

MMF)
m 200 ( 656.16 ft )(62.5/125 um

MMF)
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

cost

Table D-32 Specifications of the eSFP-GE-SM1310-10K optical module

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

cost

Table D-33 Specifications of the eSFP-GE-SMTx1310/Rx1490-10K optical module

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type DFB Laser
Center wavelength nm Tx1310/Rx1490


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver
Receiver sensitivity dBm < -19.5

cost

Table D-34 Specifications of the eSFP-GE-SMTx1490/Rx1310-10K optical module

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type DFB Laser
Center wavelength nm Tx1490/Rx1310


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

cost


Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)

Maximum transmit optical dBm 0(34060298)

power
5(34060207)
Minimum transmit optical dBm -5(34060298)

power
-2(34060207)
Optical receiver

cost


Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

cost


Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

cost


Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

cost

Table D-39 Applications of 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules

eSFP-GE- 34060286 l 1.25 Gb/s 1000Base-SX Ethernet

MM850-500m l Dual Rate 1.063/2.125 Gb/s Fibre
Channel
SFP-GE- 34060049 l Switch to switch interface

MM850-500m l Switched backplane applications
l iSCSI applications
eSFP-GE- 34060219 l 1.25Gb/s 1000Base-LX Ethernet

SM1310-10Km l 1.06 Gb/s Fibre Channel
eSFP-GE- 34060473 l Switch to Switch interface

SM1310-10Km l Switched backplane applications
l Router/Server interface
l Other optical transmission systems
eSFP-GE-SMTx1310/ 34060470 l Gigabit Ethernet Application

Rx1490-10km l Point-to-Point FTTX Application
eSFP-GE-SMTx1490/ 34060475 l Gigabit Ethernet Application

Rx1310-10km l Point-to-Point FTTX Application
eSFP-GE- 34060298 l Gigabit Ethernet

SM1310-40Km l Fiber Channel
SFP-GE- 34060207 l 1.25Gb/s 1000Base-LX Ethernet

SM1310-40Km l Dual Rate 1.06/2.125 Gb/s Fibre
Channel
SFP-GE- 34060069 l Ethernet switches

SM1550-40Km l Multi-service switches and routers
l Broadband aggregation and wireless
infrastructure
l High Speed Interface for server farms
l Metro access switch GbE connections

SM1550-40Km l Gigabit Fiber Channel
l Switch to switch interface

eSFP-GE- 34060360 l Gigabit Ethernet 1000Base-ZX

SM1550-80Km l Gigabit Fiber Channel
l Switch to switch interface

SM1550-80Km l Fiber Channel

SM1550-100Km l 1X and 2X Fibre Channel

The 2.5 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules of different levels can be applied to the STM-16/
OC-48 POS interface. The wavelength of these 2.5 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules can be
1310 nm or 1550 nm and the transmission distance ranges from 2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) to 80 km ( 49.71
mi. ) .
Table D-40 lists the currently available 2.5 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules.
Table D-40 2.5 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules

Distance
(km)
eSFP- 34060288 STM-16 2 ( 1.24 Single- 1310 -

STM16- I-16 mi. ) mode
SM1310-2
Km
eSFP- 34060278 STM-16 15 ( 9.32 Single- 1310 -

SM1310-1
5Km

STM16- S-16.1 mi. ) mode performin
SM1310-4 g a self-
0Km loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator


Distance
(km)

SM1550-8 g a self-
0Km loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

SM1550-8 performin
0Km g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
Table D-41 Basic features of 2.5 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules and the compliant standards

MSA

optical modules)

Class 1
Interface standard - STM-16 I-16, OC-48
Interface type - LC

Optical transmitter


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

cost

Interface type - LC

Optical transmitter
Maximum root mean square nm NA


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

cost

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter



(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

cost

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter



(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

cost
Table D-46 Applications of 2.5 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules
eSFP-STM16- 34060288 SONET OC-48 SR/SDH STM I-16

SM1310-2Km
eSFP-STM16- 34060278 SONET OC-48 SR/SDH STM I-16

SM1310-15Km
eSFP-STM16- 34060289 SONET/SDH

SM1310-40Km
eSFP-STM16- 34060279 l 1×/2×Fiber Channel

SM1550-80Km l SDH/SONET
l Other optical links

eSFP-STM16- 34060488 l 1×/2×Fiber Channel

SM1550-80Km l SDH/SONET
l Other optical links
D.7 10 Gbit/s XFP Optical Module

The 10 Gbit/s XFP optical modules of different levels can be applied to the OC-192/STM-64
POS interface and 10 GE interface. The wavelength of the these 10 Gbit/s XFP optical modules
can be 850 nm, 1310 nm, or 1550 nm and the transmission distance ranges from 0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. ) to 80 km ( 49.71 mi. ) .
Table D-47 lists the currently available 10 Gbit/s XFP optical modules.
Table D-47 10 Gbit/s XFP optical modules

Distance
(km)
XFP-10G- 34060362 10GBASE 0.3 ( 0.19 Multimod 850 -

MM850-3 -SR/SW mi. ) e
00m
XFP-10G- 34060313 10GBASE 10 ( 6.21 Single- 1310 -

SM1310-1 -LR/LW mi. ) mode
0Km STM-64/
OC-192
XFP-10G- 34060322 10GBASE 40 ( 24.86 Single- 1550 When

SM1550-4 -ER/EW mi. ) mode performin
0Km STM-64/ g a self-
OC-192 loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
XFP-10G- 34060361 10GBASE 80 ( 49.71 Single- 1550 When

SM1550-8 -ZR/ZW mi. ) mode performin
0Km STM-64/ g a self-
OC-192 loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

Table D-48 Basic features of 10 Gbit/s XFP optical modules and the compliant standards
Interface standard IEEE802.3ae 10GE, SONET XFP-10G-MM850-300 do

OC-192/SDH STM-64, XFP not support SONET OC-192/
MSA SDH STM-64
Digital diagnosis XFP MSA INF8077i -

Class 1 laser eye safe
Table D-49 Specifications of the XFP-10G-MM850-300 optical module

Interface standard - 10GBASE-SR/SW
Transmission rate Mbit/s 10.3125 (10GBASE-SR/

SW)
Interface type - LC
Transmission distance m 300 ( 984.24 ft )(50/125um

MMF, OM3)
m 33 ( 108.27 ft )(62.5/125um
MMF, OM1)
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)



power

power
Optical receiver

cost
Table D-50 Specifications of the XFP-10G-SM1310-10K optical module

Interface standard - 10GBASE-LR/LW,

STM-64/OC-192
Transmission rate Gbit/s 9.95328 (STM-64/OC-192)
10.3125 (10GBASE-LR/
LW)
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter


(-20dB)



power

power
Optical receiver
Overload power dBm 0.5

cost

Interface standard - 10GBASE-ER/EW,

STM-64/OC-192
10.3125 (10GBASE-ER/
EW)
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type EML



(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

cost

Interface standard - 10GBASE-ER/EW,

STM-64/OC-192
10.3125 (10GBASE-ZR/
ZW)
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type EML



(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

cost
Table D-53 Applications of 10 Gbit/s XFP optical modules

XFP-10G- 34060362 l 10GBASE-SR/SW 10G Ethernet

MM850-300m l 1200-Mx-SN-I 10G Fibre Channel
XFP-10G- 34060313 l SONET OC-192 SR-1 SDH STM I-64.1

SM1310-10Km l 10GBASE-LR/LW 10G Ethernet
l 1200-SM-LL-L 10G Fibre Channel
l 10GBASE-LR/LW with FEC
l 1200-SM-LL-L 10G Fibre Channel with
FEC
XFP-10G- 34060322 l SONET OC-192 IR-2 SDH STM S-64.2b

SM1550-40Km SONET OC-192 IR-3 SDH STM S-64.3b
ITU-T G.709
l 10GBASE-ER/EW
l 40km 10G Fibre Channel

XFP-10G- 34060361 l SONET OC-192 / SDH STM-64 ITU-T

SM1550-80Km G.959.1 P1L1-2D2
l 10GBASE-ZR/ZW 80km 10G Ethernet
l Extended 80km 10G Fibre Channel
D.8 10-Gbit/s SFP+ Optical Module

The 10-Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules can only be used on 10 GE interfaces. The wavelength of
the these 10-Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules can be 850 nm, 1310 nm, or 1550 nm. The transmission
distance ranges from 0.3 km ( 0.19 mi. ) to 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ).
Table D-54 lists the currently available 10-Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules.
Table D-54 10-Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules

Distance
(km)
SFP 34060494 10GBASE 0.3 ( 0.19 Multimod 850 -

+-10G- -SR mi. ) e
MM850-3
00m
SFP 34060495 10GBASE 10 ( 6.21 Single- 1310 -

+-10G- -LR mi. ) mode
SM1310-1
0Km


Distance
(km)
SFP 34060518 10GBASE 40 ( 24.86 Single- 1550 The

+-10G- -ER mi. ) mode optical
SM1550-4 modules
0Km produced
by
FINISAR
are of the
cooled
type, and
the
initializati
on time
does not
exceed
90s.When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
Table D-55 Basic features of 10-Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules and the compliant standards
Interface standard IEEE802.3ae 10GE, SFP+ SONET OC-192/SDH

MSA STM-64 is not supported.
Bit Error Ratio (BER) <1x10E-12 -
Temperature 0°C-70°C ( 32°F to 158°F ) -
Digital diagnosis SFF-8472 -
Environment standard RoHS-6 (lead free) -
Security standard IEC 60825-1 Class 1 laser -

eye safe
ESD >500 V Human body model

Table D-56 Specifications of the SFP+-10G-MM850-300 optical module

Interface standard - 10GBASE-SR
Transmission rate Mbit/s 10.3125 (10GBASE-SR)
Interface type - LC
Transmission distance m 300 ( 984.24 ft )(50/125um

MMF, OM3)
m 33 ( 108.27 ft )(62.5/125um
MMF, OM1)
Optical transmitter

(RMS) spectral width

(-20 dB)


power

power
Optical receiver
Receiver sensitivity dBm -7.5

cost

Table D-57 Specifications of the SFP+-10G-SM1310-10K optical module

Interface standard - 10GBASE-LR
Transmission rate Gbit/s 10.3125 (10GBASE-LR)
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type DFB


(-20dB)

Maximum transmit optical dBm 0.5

power

power
Optical receiver

cost

Table D-58 Specifications of the SFP+-10G-SM1550-40K optical module

Interface standard - 10GBASE-ER
Transmission rate Gbit/s 10.3125 (10GBASE-ER)
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type CML


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

cost

Table D-59 Applications of 10-Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules

SFP+-10G- 34060494 l 10GBASE-SR 10G Ethernet

MM850-300m
SFP+-10G- 34060495 l 10GBASE-LR 10G Ethernet

SM1310-10Km
SFP+-10G- 34060518 l 10GBASE-ER

SM1550-40Km
D.9 155-Mbit/s CSFP Optical Module

The 155-Mbit/s CSFP optical modules can be used on 125-Mbit/s-155-Mbit/s interfaces. The
transmitting center wavelength of a 155-Mbit/s CSFP optical module is 1550 nm, the receiving
center wavelength is 1310 nm, and the transmission distance is 10 km ( 6.21 mi. ).
Table D-60 lists the currently available 155-Mbit/s CSFP optical modules.
Table D-60 155-Mbit/s CSFP optical modules

Distance
(km)
OD- 34060555 100Base 10 ( 6.21 Single- 1550TX/ It is

BD1513-3 BX10 mi. ) mode 1310RX connected
5SLH IEEE802. to a single
3ah fiber that
has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end. It
does not
support
self-loop.


Distance
(km)
PTC3530- 34060555 100Base 10 ( 6.21 Single- 1550TX/ It is

3341W- BX10 mi. ) mode 1310RX connected
LC/PC+ IEEE802. to a single
3ah fiber that
has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end. It
does not
support
self-loop.
Table D-61 Basic features of 155-Mbit/s CSFP optical modules and the compliant standards
Interface standard 100Base BX10 IEEE802.3ah -
Temperature –40–85°C ( –40°F – 185 °F) -

Class 1
ESD 8 KV (contact discharge)/15 -

KV (air discharge)
Table D-62 Specifications of the CSFP-10G-SM1310-10K optical module

Interface standard - 100Base BX10 IEEE802.3ah
Transmission rate Mbit/s 125M to 155Mbps Data Rate
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter

Optical source type FP


(-20dB)


power

power
Optical receiver

cost
Table D-63 Applications of 155Mbps CSFP optical modules

OD-BD1513-35SLH 34060555 l SDH/SONET(STM-1/OC-3)

l Fast Ethernet(100BASE-BX)
l Point to Point FTTH Application
PTC3530-3341W-LC/ 34060555 l SDH/SONET(STM-1/OC-3)

PC+ l Fast Ethernet(100BASE-BX)

D.10 1.25Gbit/s CSFP Optical Module

The 1.25Gbit/s CSFP optical modules can be used on 1 GE interfaces. The transmitting center
wavelength of a 1.25Gbit/s CSFP optical module is 1490 nm, the receiving center wavelength
is 1310 nm, and the transmission distance is 10 km ( 6.21 mi. ).
Table D-64 lists the currently available 1.25Gbit/s CSFP optical modules.
Table D-64 1.25Gbit/s CSFP optical modules

Distance
(km)
OD- 34060525 1000BAS 10 ( 6.21 Single- 1490TX/ It is

BD1223-3 E-BX mi. ) mode 1310RX connected
5SL to a single
fiber that
has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end. It
does not
support
self-loop.
PTC3830- 34060525 1000BAS 10 ( 6.21 Single- 1490TX/ It is

554CW- E-BX mi. ) mode 1310RX connected
LC/PC+ to a single
fiber that
has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end. It
does not
support
self-loop.
Table D-65 Basic features of 1.25Gbit/s CSFP optical modules and the compliant standards
Interface standard 1000BASE-BX -
Temperature –40–85°C ( –40°F – 185 °F) -


Class 1
ESD 8 KV (contact discharge)/15 -

KV (air discharge)
Table D-66 Specifications of the CSFP-10G-SM1310-10K optical module

Interface standard - 1000BASE-BX
Transmission rate Gbit/s 1
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter


(-20 dB)


power

power
Optical receiver


cost
Table D-67 Applications of 1.25Gbit/s CSFP optical modules

OD-BD1223-35SL 34060525 l 1000BASE-BX

PTC3830-554CW-LC/ 34060525 l 1000BASE-BX

PC+ l Point to Point FTTH Application

Hardware Description E Glossary
E Glossary
A
Asynchronizatio Asynchronization does not use the exact data signals timed by the clock.
n The signals have different frequencies and phases. The asynchronizatioin
usually encapsulates the bits into the control flag, which specifies the
beginning and end of the bits.
D
DCE Data Circuit-terminating Equipment is a network device composing the
UNI. DCE provides the physical connection to the network, forwards the
data, and provides the clock signals for the DTE.
DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory. The information stored in the RAM
must be refreshed periodically. When the contents of the DRAM are being
refreshed, a user cannot access it. Delay can thus occur.
DTE Data terminal equipment is a user device composing the UNI. The DTE
accesses the data network through the DCE equipment (for example,
model) and usually uses the clock signals produced by DCE.
E
EMC Electro magnetic compatibility is the condition which prevails when
telecommunications equipment is performing its individually designed
function in a common electromagnetic environment without causing or
suffering unacceptable degradation due to unintentional electromagnetic
interference to or from other equipment in the same environment.
F
Flash Flash is a kind of special Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
(EEPROM), which can be completely erased and rewritten one time
instead of only one byte.

Hardware Description E Glossary
NVRAM Nonvolatile Random Access Memory. The data in NVRAM cannot be

lost when the system is Down.
R
RAM Random Access Memory is a memory that can be lost easily, and read
and rewritten by the micro processor.
ROM Read Only Memory is a memory that cannot be lost easily, and can only
be read, but not written by the micro processor.
S
SRAM Static Random Access Memory is a type of random access memory. Its
contents can be saved only if the SRAM is provided with the uninterrupted
power supply. Unlike the DRAM, the SRAM does not need to be refreshed
repeatedly.

Hardware Description F Acronyms and Abbreviations
F Acronyms and Abbreviations
A
AC Alternating Current
ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode
AUX Auxiliary (port)
C
CAN Control Area Network
CE1 Channelized E1
CF Compact Flash
CLK Clock Card
CPU Central Processing Unit
CT1 Channelized T1
CTS Clear to Send
D
DC Direct Current
DCE Data Circuit-terminating Equipment
DSR Data Set Ready
DTE Data Terminal Equipments
DTR Data Terminal Ready
E
EMC Electro Magnetic Compatibility

FAD Fabric Adaptor

FC Patch Cord (Connector + Fiber)
FCB Fan Control Board
FPIC Flexible Plug-in Card
G
GND Ground
I
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
L
LC Lucent Connector
LPU Line Processing Unit
M
MPU Main Processing Unit
N
NEG Negative
NPU Network Processing Unit
NVRAM Non-Volatile Random Access Memory
O
ODF Optical Distribution Frame
OFL Offline
P
PC Personal Computer
PCB Printed Circuit Board
PCS Physical Coding Sublayer
PGND Protection Ground
PMD Physical Medium Dependent
R
RJ45 Registered Jack 45
RTS Request to Send

RXD Receive Data
S
SC Square Connector
SDRAM Synchronous Dynamic Random Access
Memory
SFU Switch Fabric Unit
SMB Sub-miniature B
SRU Switch Router Unit
T
TXD Transmit Data
U
UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair
V
VRP Versatile Routing Platform


NE40E Hardware Description (V600R003C00 - 02)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

NE40E Hardware Description (V600R003C00 - 02)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HUAWEI NetEngine40E Router

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

About This Document

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if

Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if

Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

Provides additional information to emphasize or

Changes in Issue 02 (2011-09-10)

Updates in Issue 01 (2011-05-30)

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii

2 NE40E-X16 Chassis Overview.....................................................................................................3

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

2.6.2 Board Specifications................................................................................................................................34

3 NE40E-X8 Chassis Overview.....................................................................................................40

4 NE40E-X3 Chassis Overview.....................................................................................................79

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

4.2.4 AC Power Supply System.......................................................................................................................86

5 NE40E-8 Chassis Overview......................................................................................................102

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

6.1.1 Versatile Service Process Unit C...........................................................................................................132

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

6.9.1 1-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card..................................................................................254

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix

A.3.2 Power Module Indicators......................................................................................................................390

C List of Interface Attributes......................................................................................................407

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential x

F Acronyms and Abbreviations.................................................................................................486

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xi

About This Chapter

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2

2 NE40E-X16 Chassis Overview

About This Chapter

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3

2.1.1 System Overview

Figure 2-1 Appearance of the NE40E-X16

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4

2.1.2 System Architecture

Figure 2-2 Diagram of the system architecture

LPU SRU LPU

2.1.3 System Features

The NE40E-X16 provides the following system features:

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5

2.1.4 System Configuration

Table 2-1 System configuration list of the NE40E-X16

Processing unit Main frequency: 1.5 GHz -

SDRAM 2 GB Can be extended to 4 GB.

CF card 2 GB Two 1 GB CF cards.

Switching capacity 12.58 Tbit/s -

Interface capacity 3.2 Tbit/s (bidirectional) -

Number of LPU slots 16 -

Number of MPU slots 2 -

Number of SFU slots 4 -

2.1.5 NE40E-X16 Hardware Description

Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6

Components of the NE40E-X16